1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % for customized page headers/footers
48 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
50 % change header rule width
51 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
53 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
54 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
55 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
57 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
59 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
60 \use_default_options false
64 \maintain_unincluded_children false
66 \language_package default
71 \font_typewriter default
72 \font_default_family default
73 \use_non_tex_fonts false
80 \default_output_format default
82 \bibtex_command default
83 \index_command default
87 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
88 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
92 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
93 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
94 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
99 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
100 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
110 \paperorientation portrait
113 \notefontcolor #0000ff
130 \paragraph_separation indent
131 \paragraph_indentation default
132 \quotes_language english
135 \paperpagestyle default
136 \tracking_changes false
137 \output_changes false
155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
157 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
159 \begin_inset CommandInset href
161 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Newline newline
180 \begin_inset Note Note
183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
184 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
185 \begin_inset Newline newline
190 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
198 \begin_layout Standard
199 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
200 LatexCommand tableofcontents
207 \begin_layout Chapter
211 \begin_layout Section
215 \begin_layout Standard
216 LyX is a document preparation system.
217 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
218 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
219 It is unlike most other
220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
229 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 pt type, left justified, 5
246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
254 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
258 \begin_layout Standard
259 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
272 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
276 \begin_layout Standard
278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
289 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
290 the format of all of the manuals.
291 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
292 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
309 \begin_layout Section
313 \begin_layout Standard
314 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
316 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
317 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
321 \begin_layout Standard
322 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
323 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
324 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
326 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
327 only a vertical scrollbar.
328 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
329 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
330 This, however, is due
331 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
332 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
333 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
334 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
336 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
337 this doesn't work for equations yet.
340 \begin_layout Standard
341 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
349 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
354 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
355 ing sections of this documentation.
358 \begin_layout Section
362 \begin_layout Standard
363 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
368 of the manuals from inside LyX.
369 Just select the manual you want read from the
376 \begin_layout Section
378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
380 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
387 \begin_layout Standard
388 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
389 without resorting to configuration files.
390 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
391 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
392 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
397 \begin_inset Index idx
400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
408 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
413 \begin_inset space \space{}
416 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
417 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
419 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
423 \begin_inset Index idx
426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
427 Reconfiguration of LyX
432 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
435 \begin_layout Section
437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
439 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
446 \begin_layout Standard
447 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
448 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
450 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
451 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
455 \begin_layout Standard
456 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
458 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
459 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
462 \begin_layout Standard
463 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
464 you can view from the menu
466 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
485 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
486 reconfigure LyX (menu
488 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
492 \begin_inset Note Note
495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
496 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
504 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
505 More about TeX Code is described in section
510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
512 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
516 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
523 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
533 \begin_inset Index idx
536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
537 Reconfiguration of LyX
542 See section 5.1 of the
546 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
549 \begin_layout Chapter
553 \begin_layout Section
554 Basic File Operations
555 \begin_inset Index idx
558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
567 \begin_layout Standard
572 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
573 in addition to some more advanced operations:
576 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_layout Itemize
606 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Itemize
688 arg "dialog-show print"
694 \begin_layout Itemize
700 \begin_layout Standard
701 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
702 a few minor differences.
705 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
720 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
721 you for a template to use.
722 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
723 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
724 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
732 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
739 \begin_layout Standard
740 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
772 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
773 space is just that — a big, blank space.
781 \begin_layout Standard
802 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
807 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
832 will reload the document from disk.
833 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
834 and want to restore it to the last save.
843 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
844 can identify them as your changes.
847 \begin_layout Section
848 Basic Editing Features
849 \begin_inset Index idx
852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
861 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
870 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
871 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
872 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
874 We'll start with cut and paste.
877 \begin_layout Standard
878 As you might expect, the
882 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
883 various other editing features.
884 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
888 \begin_layout Itemize
902 \begin_layout Itemize
916 \begin_layout Itemize
930 \begin_layout Itemize
940 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_layout Itemize
966 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
972 \begin_layout Standard
973 The first three are self-explanatory.
974 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
975 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
984 keys also function as the
989 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
990 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
995 to get back the lost text.
998 \begin_layout Standard
999 \begin_inset Index idx
1002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1008 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1012 \begin_inset space ~
1017 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1020 \begin_layout Standard
1023 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1028 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1034 \begin_inset space ~
1039 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1045 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1049 \begin_inset space ~
1054 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1055 will start a new paragraph.
1058 \begin_layout Standard
1059 \begin_inset Index idx
1062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1069 \begin_inset Index idx
1072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1080 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1098 \begin_inset space ~
1104 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1109 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1112 \begin_inset space ~
1121 \begin_inset space ~
1126 button to skip the current word.
1130 \begin_inset space ~
1135 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1139 \begin_inset space ~
1144 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1146 If the toggle is set, searching for
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1158 will not match the word
1159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1173 Match whole words only
1175 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1204 LyX offers also an advanced
1207 \begin_inset space ~
1211 \begin_inset space ~
1216 feature that is described in sec.
1217 \begin_inset space ~
1221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1223 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1230 \begin_layout Standard
1231 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1232 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1234 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1239 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1246 \begin_layout Section
1248 \begin_inset Index idx
1251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1258 \begin_inset Index idx
1261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1270 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1277 \begin_layout Standard
1278 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1279 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1282 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1285 or the toolbar button
1291 to undo some mistake.
1292 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1294 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1297 or the toolbar button
1304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1311 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1315 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1328 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1329 This is a consequence of the 100
1330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1333 step undo limit, above.
1336 \begin_layout Standard
1345 work on almost everything in LyX.
1346 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1350 \begin_layout Section
1352 \begin_inset Index idx
1355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1365 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1368 \begin_layout Enumerate
1373 \begin_layout Itemize
1378 once anywhere in the edit window.
1379 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Itemize
1394 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1397 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1400 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1403 \begin_layout Itemize
1404 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1406 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1413 \begin_layout Enumerate
1414 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1418 \begin_layout Standard
1419 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1420 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1424 \begin_layout Enumerate
1429 \begin_layout Standard
1434 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1439 \begin_layout Section
1441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1443 name "sec:Navigating"
1448 \begin_inset Index idx
1451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1460 \begin_layout Standard
1461 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1470 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 or by the toolbar button
1482 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1488 \begin_layout Itemize
1489 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1491 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 and use the same menu to return to them.
1495 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1498 \begin_layout Standard
1502 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1507 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1508 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1511 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1512 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1513 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1514 your last editing position.
1517 \begin_layout Subsection
1521 \begin_layout Standard
1522 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1530 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1531 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1532 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1533 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1534 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1537 LatexCommand formatted
1538 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1542 ), or notes, or citations (see
1543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1544 LatexCommand formatted
1545 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1550 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1552 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1553 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1554 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1555 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1558 LatexCommand formatted
1559 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1563 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1565 LatexCommand formatted
1566 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1571 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1575 \begin_layout Standard
1576 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1577 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1578 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1579 dialog and to modify the citation.
1580 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1584 \begin_layout Standard
1585 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1587 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1588 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1596 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1599 \begin_layout Standard
1600 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1601 you further to control the display.
1606 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1607 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1612 option keeps it in the current view state.
1613 Keeping means that when you have e.
1614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1618 \begin_inset space \space{}
1621 the subsections of section
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1625 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1626 \begin_inset space ~
1629 3, the subsections of section
1630 \begin_inset space ~
1633 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1638 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1639 \begin_inset space ~
1643 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1653 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1656 \begin_layout Standard
1658 \begin_inset space ~
1662 \begin_inset Graphics
1663 filename ../images/reload.png
1668 \begin_inset space ~
1671 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1672 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1675 \begin_inset space \space{}
1679 \begin_inset Graphics
1680 filename ../images/down.png
1682 groupId toolbarbuttons
1687 \begin_inset space ~
1691 \begin_inset space \space{}
1695 \begin_inset Graphics
1696 filename ../images/up.png
1698 groupId toolbarbuttons
1703 \begin_inset space ~
1706 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1707 So, for example, you can move section
1708 \begin_inset space ~
1712 \begin_inset space ~
1715 2.4 or after section
1716 \begin_inset space ~
1720 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1722 \begin_inset Graphics
1723 filename ../images/promote.png
1725 groupId toolbarbuttons
1730 \begin_inset Graphics
1731 filename ../images/demote.png
1733 groupId toolbarbuttons
1737 (or the corresponding key bindings
1745 ) you can change the level of sections.
1746 So you can for example make section
1747 \begin_inset space ~
1751 \begin_inset space ~
1755 \begin_inset space ~
1761 \begin_layout Section
1762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1764 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1769 \begin_inset Index idx
1772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1779 \begin_inset Index idx
1782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1810 Input / Word Completion
1813 \begin_layout Standard
1814 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1816 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1817 is used to propose completions.
1820 \begin_layout Standard
1821 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1822 there are completions available.
1823 You can then press the
1827 key to use this completion.
1828 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1829 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1830 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1837 \begin_layout Standard
1838 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1840 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1843 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1845 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1848 by deselecting the option
1855 Automatic inline completion
1857 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1858 To accept this proposal, use the
1867 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1868 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1876 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1883 \begin_layout Section
1885 \begin_inset Index idx
1888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1895 \begin_inset Index idx
1898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1927 \begin_inset Index idx
1930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1961 \begin_layout Standard
1962 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1963 LyX's default is CUA.
1966 \begin_layout Standard
1970 \begin_inset space ~
1978 \begin_inset space ~
1999 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2003 \begin_layout Labeling
2004 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2008 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2009 LatexCommand nomenclature
2011 description "Tabulator key"
2017 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2018 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2019 \begin_inset space ~
2023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2025 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2032 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2036 , especially section
2037 \begin_inset space ~
2041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2043 reference "sub:Lists"
2049 If you're still confused, look in the
2056 \begin_layout Labeling
2057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2061 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2062 LatexCommand nomenclature
2064 description "Escape key"
2071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2078 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2079 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2082 \begin_layout Labeling
2083 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2089 \begin_inset space ~
2093 \begin_inset space ~
2100 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2101 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2105 \begin_layout Standard
2106 There are three modifier keys:
2109 \begin_layout Labeling
2110 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2128 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2129 LatexCommand nomenclature
2131 description "Control key"
2135 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2136 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2140 \begin_layout Itemize
2149 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2152 \begin_layout Itemize
2161 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2164 \begin_layout Itemize
2173 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2177 \begin_layout Labeling
2178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2196 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2197 LatexCommand nomenclature
2199 description "Shift key"
2203 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2204 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2207 \begin_layout Labeling
2208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2226 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2227 LatexCommand nomenclature
2229 description "Alt or Meta key"
2233 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2234 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2235 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2241 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2243 menu accelerator keys
2246 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2247 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2251 \begin_layout Standard
2252 For example, the sequence
2253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2259 \begin_inset space ~
2263 \begin_inset space ~
2269 \begin_inset space ~
2277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2296 \begin_inset space ~
2302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2317 manual lists all other things bound to the
2325 \begin_layout Standard
2326 You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2327 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2328 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2329 just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2330 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2331 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2332 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2334 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2350 followed by a capital
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2360 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2365 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2368 as explained in sec.
2369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2375 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2382 \begin_layout Chapter
2384 \begin_inset Index idx
2387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2396 \begin_layout Section
2398 \begin_inset Index idx
2401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 \begin_layout Subsection
2414 \begin_layout Standard
2415 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2416 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2417 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2418 numbering schemes, and so on.
2419 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2420 and format the title of your document differently.
2423 \begin_layout Standard
2428 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2429 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2430 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2431 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2432 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2435 \begin_layout Standard
2436 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2437 how to adjust their properties.
2440 \begin_layout Subsection
2442 \begin_inset Index idx
2445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2454 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2461 \begin_layout Standard
2462 You can select a class using the
2464 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2465 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2469 \begin_inset Index idx
2472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2479 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2487 \begin_layout Standard
2488 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2492 \begin_layout Description
2493 Article for basic articles
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 Report for basic reports
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Book for writing a book
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Letter for US-style letters
2508 \begin_layout Standard
2509 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2510 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2511 will include many of these.
2512 Here are some of the classes.
2513 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2515 Special Document Classes
2524 \begin_layout Description
2525 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2538 \begin_layout Description
2539 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2540 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2541 There are three article layouts available.
2542 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2543 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2544 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2545 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2550 sequential numbering
2551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2554 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2555 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2556 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2557 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2560 \begin_layout Description
2561 Beamer Layout for presentations
2564 \begin_layout Description
2565 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2566 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2570 \begin_layout Description
2571 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2574 \begin_layout Description
2576 \begin_inset space ~
2579 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2582 \begin_layout Description
2583 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2586 \begin_layout Description
2587 Foils Used to make transparencies
2590 \begin_layout Description
2591 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2592 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2596 \begin_layout Description
2597 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2598 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2601 \begin_layout Description
2602 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2609 \begin_layout Description
2610 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2611 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2612 (Is used by this document.)
2615 \begin_layout Description
2616 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2619 \begin_layout Description
2620 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2623 \begin_layout Description
2628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2635 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2636 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2638 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2641 \begin_layout Description
2642 Slides Used to make transparencies
2645 \begin_layout Description
2647 \begin_inset space ~
2650 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2651 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2654 \begin_layout Description
2655 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2658 \begin_layout Standard
2659 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2661 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2667 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2668 of the document classes.
2671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2675 \begin_layout Standard
2676 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2678 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2679 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2681 \begin_inset Index idx
2684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2701 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2702 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2704 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2709 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2710 and some of them, like
2714 , are highly specialized.
2715 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2716 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2718 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2719 by some document class.
2720 There are just too many of them.
2721 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2724 \begin_layout Standard
2725 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2733 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2734 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2735 document class for a new file.
2736 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2741 Installing new LaTeX files
2742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2749 manual for information on how to install them.
2750 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2756 \begin_layout Standard
2757 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2758 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2760 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2761 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2762 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2764 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2767 \begin_inset space ~
2774 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2779 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2786 \begin_inset Index idx
2789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2798 \begin_layout Standard
2799 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2800 chosen document class.
2801 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2802 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2813 \begin_inset Index idx
2816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2823 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2827 \begin_layout Standard
2828 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2829 always installed by default.
2830 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2831 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2832 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2833 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2834 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2835 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2836 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2839 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2843 \begin_inset Index idx
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 Reconfiguration of LyX
2853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2856 Installing new LaTeX files
2857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2864 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2867 \begin_layout Standard
2868 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2876 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2877 LyX will advise you about these things.
2885 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2887 \begin_inset Index idx
2890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2891 Document ! Local Layout
2899 \begin_layout Standard
2900 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2901 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2902 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2903 writing a module for this purpose.
2904 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2905 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2907 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2908 What you want is LyX's
2909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2917 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
2921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2925 \begin_layout Standard
2926 Each class has a default set of options.
2927 Here's a quick table describing them:
2930 \begin_layout Standard
2931 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2939 \begin_inset Tabular
2940 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2941 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3407 \begin_layout Standard
3408 You're probably also wondering what
3409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3413 \begin_inset space ~
3417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3421 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3422 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3427 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3432 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3442 headings, there are also
3450 headings, and so on.
3451 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3452 \begin_inset space ~
3456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3458 reference "sub:Headings"
3465 \begin_layout Subsection
3467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3469 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3474 \begin_inset Index idx
3477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3486 \begin_inset Index idx
3489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3512 \begin_inset space ~
3517 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3519 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3520 to use for your document.
3521 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3538 \begin_inset space ~
3543 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3544 You can choose between the following five options:
3547 \begin_layout Labeling
3548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3553 Use default page style of current class.
3556 \begin_layout Labeling
3557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3562 No page numbers or headings.
3565 \begin_layout Labeling
3566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3574 \begin_layout Labeling
3575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3580 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3581 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3582 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3585 \begin_layout Labeling
3586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3591 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3597 \begin_inset Index idx
3600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3601 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3607 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3608 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3610 Check the documentation for the
3614 package for more details,
3615 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3629 of paragraphs is described in section
3630 \begin_inset space ~
3634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3636 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3643 \begin_layout Subsection
3644 Paper Size and Orientation
3645 \begin_inset Index idx
3648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3649 Document ! Paper size
3655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3657 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3664 \begin_layout Standard
3665 You'll find the following options in the menu
3668 \begin_inset space ~
3673 of the dialog of the
3675 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3681 \begin_inset Index idx
3684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3693 \begin_layout Labeling
3694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3698 \begin_inset space ~
3703 What size paper to print on.
3708 \begin_layout Itemize
3714 \begin_layout Itemize
3720 \begin_layout Itemize
3726 \begin_layout Itemize
3732 \begin_layout Itemize
3735 US letter, US legal, US executive
3738 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 \begin_layout Itemize
3751 \begin_layout Labeling
3752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3757 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3768 \begin_layout Labeling
3769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3778 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3779 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3782 \begin_layout Subsection
3784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3791 \begin_inset Index idx
3794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3801 \begin_inset Index idx
3804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Paper margins are set in the menu
3816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3820 \begin_inset Index idx
3823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3832 \begin_layout Standard
3833 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3834 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3835 the paper format and the font size into account.
3838 \begin_layout Subsection
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3848 That includes the paragraph environments.
3849 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3850 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3851 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3852 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3861 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3863 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3864 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3865 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3868 \begin_layout Section
3869 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3870 \begin_inset Index idx
3873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3874 Paragraph ! Indentation
3882 \begin_layout Subsection
3884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3886 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3893 \begin_layout Standard
3894 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3895 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3898 \begin_layout Standard
3899 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3900 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3901 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3902 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3906 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3912 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3913 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3914 language than English.
3915 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3918 \begin_layout Standard
3919 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3920 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3922 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3923 LyX takes care of that.
3924 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3926 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3927 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3928 of a page, and so on.
3932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3933 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3938 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3939 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3943 of these pre-coded spacings.
3944 We'll explain more later.
3947 \begin_layout Subsection
3948 Paragraph Separation
3949 \begin_inset Index idx
3952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3953 Paragraph ! Separation
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3962 To separate paragraphs, select
3973 \begin_inset space ~
3980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3984 \begin_inset Index idx
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3993 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3994 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3995 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3998 \begin_layout Standard
4008 \begin_layout Standard
4009 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
4010 \begin_inset space ~
4014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4016 reference "cap:Units"
4021 The default length is 30
4022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4028 \begin_layout Subsection
4032 \begin_layout Standard
4033 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4038 \begin_inset space ~
4043 dialog and toggle the
4046 \begin_inset space ~
4051 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4054 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4058 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4059 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4063 \begin_layout Standard
4064 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4065 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4068 \begin_layout Subsection
4070 \begin_inset Index idx
4073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4074 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4082 \begin_layout Standard
4085 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4089 \begin_inset Index idx
4092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4101 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4104 \begin_inset space ~
4113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4114 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4119 \begin_inset Index idx
4122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4123 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4128 installed to use this feature.
4136 \begin_layout Section
4137 Paragraph Environments
4138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4140 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4145 \begin_inset Index idx
4148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4149 Paragraph ! Environments
4155 \begin_inset Index idx
4158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4159 Paragraph environments|(
4167 \begin_layout Subsection
4171 \begin_layout Standard
4172 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4175 \begin_layout Standard
4194 \begin_inset Newline newline
4197 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4198 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4199 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4208 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4212 A paragraph environment is simply a
4213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4220 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4221 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4222 scheme, labels, and so on.
4223 Additionally, you can
4224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4231 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4232 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4233 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4234 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4235 days of typewriters.
4236 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4238 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4241 \begin_layout Standard
4242 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4243 \begin_inset Graphics
4244 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4250 at the left end of the toolbar.
4251 LyX will change the environment of the
4255 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4256 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4257 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4261 \begin_layout Standard
4270 create a new paragraph using the
4274 paragraph environment.
4276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4283 because if you are in one of these environments:
4286 \begin_layout Itemize
4292 \begin_layout Itemize
4298 \begin_layout Itemize
4304 \begin_layout Itemize
4310 \begin_layout Itemize
4316 \begin_layout Itemize
4322 \begin_layout Itemize
4328 \begin_layout Standard
4329 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4333 , rather than resetting it to
4338 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4339 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4340 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4341 \begin_inset space ~
4345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4347 reference "sec:Nesting"
4352 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4357 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4358 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4362 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4368 \begin_layout Subsection
4372 \begin_layout Standard
4373 The default paragraph environment is
4378 It creates a plain paragraph.
4379 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4380 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4381 this manual) are in the
4388 \begin_layout Standard
4389 You can nest a paragraph using the
4393 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4401 \begin_layout Subsection
4403 \begin_inset Index idx
4406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4415 \begin_layout Standard
4416 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4425 for thanks or contact information.
4426 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4427 page along with today's date.
4428 For other types of documents, the title
4429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4436 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4440 \begin_layout Standard
4441 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4455 Here's how you use them:
4458 \begin_layout Itemize
4459 Put the title of your document in the
4466 \begin_layout Itemize
4467 Put the author name in the
4474 \begin_layout Itemize
4475 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4476 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4482 Note that using this environment is optional.
4483 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4484 If you don't want any date, add the line
4485 \begin_inset Newline newline
4495 \begin_inset Newline newline
4498 to the preamble of your document (menu
4500 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4506 \begin_layout Standard
4507 You can use footnotes to insert
4508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4515 or contact information.
4518 \begin_layout Subsection
4520 \begin_inset Index idx
4523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4539 \begin_layout Standard
4540 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4541 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4546 \begin_inset Index idx
4549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4550 Section headings ! Numbered
4558 \begin_layout Standard
4559 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4563 \begin_layout Enumerate
4569 \begin_layout Enumerate
4575 \begin_layout Enumerate
4581 \begin_layout Enumerate
4587 \begin_layout Enumerate
4593 \begin_layout Enumerate
4599 \begin_layout Enumerate
4605 \begin_layout Standard
4606 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4607 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4608 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4611 \begin_layout Standard
4612 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4613 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4614 You group the book into chapters.
4615 LyX does similar grouping:
4618 \begin_layout Itemize
4623 is divided in either
4634 \begin_layout Itemize
4646 \begin_layout Itemize
4658 \begin_layout Itemize
4670 \begin_layout Itemize
4682 \begin_layout Itemize
4694 \begin_layout Standard
4695 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4703 Not all document types use the
4707 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4712 is the top-level heading.
4720 \begin_layout Standard
4725 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4726 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4728 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4742 \begin_inset Index idx
4745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4746 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4754 \begin_layout Standard
4755 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4759 \begin_layout Enumerate
4765 \begin_layout Enumerate
4771 \begin_layout Enumerate
4777 \begin_layout Enumerate
4783 \begin_layout Enumerate
4789 \begin_layout Standard
4791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4798 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4799 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4800 table of contents, see section
4801 \begin_inset space ~
4805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4814 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4815 Changing the Numbering
4816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4818 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4825 \begin_layout Standard
4826 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4827 in the Table of Contents.
4828 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4830 Certain classes start with
4844 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4854 This is something you can change.
4857 \begin_layout Standard
4860 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4866 \begin_inset Index idx
4869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4880 \begin_inset space ~
4884 \begin_inset space ~
4889 you'll see two counters.
4894 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4896 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4900 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4901 Short Titles of Headings
4902 \begin_inset Index idx
4905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4906 Section headings ! Short titles
4912 \begin_inset Argument
4915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4924 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4931 \begin_layout Standard
4932 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4933 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4934 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4935 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4938 \begin_layout Standard
4939 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4940 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4941 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4942 To specify a short title, use the menu
4944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4946 \begin_inset space ~
4952 This will insert a box labeled
4953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4968 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4969 This also works for captions inside floats.
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4976 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4980 \begin_layout Standard
4981 The following information applies to all section headings:
4984 \begin_layout Itemize
4985 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4988 \begin_layout Itemize
4989 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4992 \begin_layout Itemize
4993 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4996 \begin_layout Itemize
4997 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5000 \begin_layout Subsection
5001 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5004 \begin_layout Standard
5005 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5019 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5020 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5021 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5022 the text they contain.
5023 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5031 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5034 \begin_layout Standard
5035 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5044 when you start a new paragraph.
5045 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5049 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5050 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5051 to change back to the
5055 environment yourself.
5058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5075 \begin_inset Index idx
5078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5087 \begin_layout Standard
5088 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5089 time for the differences.
5098 are identical except for one difference:
5102 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5111 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5114 \begin_layout Standard
5115 Here's an example of the
5128 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5130 See – no indentation!
5134 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5135 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5136 the other paragraph.
5139 \begin_layout Standard
5140 Here's another example, this time in the
5147 \begin_layout Quotation
5153 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5154 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5155 the first line, then
5159 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5163 you were quoting other text.
5166 \begin_layout Quotation
5167 Here's a new paragraph.
5168 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5169 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5172 \begin_layout Standard
5173 As the examples show,
5177 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5178 They should put quotes in the
5183 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5187 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5190 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5196 \begin_inset Index idx
5199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5208 \begin_inset Index idx
5211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5227 \begin_layout Standard
5232 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5238 \begin_inset Newline newline
5241 Which I did not rehearse!
5245 It could be much worse.
5246 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5248 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5249 indented a bit more than the first.
5250 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5256 \begin_inset Newline newline
5259 And make things look fine
5260 \begin_inset Newline newline
5266 arg "newline-insert newline"
5272 \begin_layout Standard
5277 does not indent both margins.
5278 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5279 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5286 arg "newline-insert newline"
5292 \begin_layout Subsection
5294 \begin_inset Index idx
5297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5313 \begin_layout Standard
5314 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5324 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5333 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5334 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5335 some general features of all four of them.
5338 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5342 \begin_layout Standard
5343 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5345 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5354 reset the environment to
5358 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5359 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5360 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5364 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5367 to break paragraphs.
5370 \begin_layout Standard
5371 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5372 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5374 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5375 you read all of section
5376 \begin_inset space ~
5380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5382 reference "sec:Nesting"
5390 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5396 \begin_inset Index idx
5399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5415 \begin_layout Standard
5416 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5420 paragraph environment.
5421 It has the following properties:
5424 \begin_layout Itemize
5425 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5433 \begin_layout Itemize
5434 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5438 \begin_layout Itemize
5439 The items can have any length.
5440 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5441 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5448 \begin_layout Itemize
5453 environment inside another
5457 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5461 \begin_layout Itemize
5462 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5465 \begin_layout Itemize
5466 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5469 \begin_layout Itemize
5471 \begin_inset space ~
5475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5477 reference "sec:Nesting"
5481 for a full explanation of nesting.
5485 \begin_layout Standard
5486 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5495 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5498 \begin_layout Standard
5499 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5500 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5503 \begin_layout Itemize
5504 The label for the first level
5508 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5512 \begin_layout Itemize
5513 The label for the second level is a dash.
5517 \begin_layout Itemize
5518 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5522 \begin_layout Itemize
5523 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5527 \begin_layout Itemize
5528 Back out to the third level.
5532 \begin_layout Itemize
5533 Back to the second level.
5537 \begin_layout Itemize
5538 Back to the outermost level.
5541 \begin_layout Standard
5542 These are the default labels for an
5547 You can customize these labels in the
5549 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5552 dialog in the submenu
5559 \begin_inset Index idx
5562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5571 \begin_layout Standard
5572 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5573 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5575 \begin_inset space ~
5579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5581 reference "sec:Nesting"
5588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5594 \begin_inset Index idx
5597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5606 name "sec:Enumerate"
5613 \begin_layout Standard
5618 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5619 It has these properties:
5622 \begin_layout Enumerate
5623 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5627 \begin_layout Enumerate
5628 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5632 \begin_layout Enumerate
5633 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5636 \begin_layout Enumerate
5641 environment resets the counter to one.
5644 \begin_layout Enumerate
5657 \begin_layout Enumerate
5658 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5659 Items can have any length.
5662 \begin_layout Enumerate
5663 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5666 \begin_layout Enumerate
5667 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5670 \begin_layout Enumerate
5671 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5675 \begin_layout Standard
5684 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5685 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5692 \begin_layout Enumerate
5693 The first level of an
5697 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5701 \begin_layout Enumerate
5702 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5706 \begin_layout Enumerate
5707 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5711 \begin_layout Enumerate
5712 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5715 \begin_layout Enumerate
5716 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5721 \begin_layout Enumerate
5722 Back to the third level
5726 \begin_layout Enumerate
5727 Back to the second level.
5731 \begin_layout Enumerate
5732 Back to the outermost level.
5735 \begin_layout Standard
5736 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5741 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5746 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5750 \begin_layout Standard
5751 There is more to nesting
5755 environments than we've stated here.
5756 You should read section
5757 \begin_inset space ~
5761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5763 reference "sec:Nesting"
5767 to learn more about nesting.
5770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5776 \begin_inset Index idx
5779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5788 \begin_layout Standard
5789 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5793 list has no fixed label.
5794 Instead, LyX uses the first
5795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5802 of the first line as the label.
5806 \begin_layout Description
5807 Example: This is an example of the
5814 \begin_layout Standard
5815 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5819 \begin_layout Standard
5821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5828 it is meant that the first hit of the
5832 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5834 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5842 arg "space-insert protected"
5847 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5848 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5850 \begin_inset space ~
5856 \begin_inset space ~
5860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5862 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5866 for more info.) Here is an example:
5869 \begin_layout Description
5871 \begin_inset space ~
5874 Example: This one shows how to use a
5877 \begin_inset space ~
5889 \begin_layout Description
5890 Usage: You should use the
5894 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5895 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5897 It's not a good idea to use a
5901 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5902 You're better off using
5914 paragraphs into them.
5917 \begin_layout Description
5918 Nesting: You can nest
5922 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5926 \begin_layout Standard
5927 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5928 them from the first line.
5931 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5937 \begin_inset Index idx
5940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5949 \begin_layout Standard
5954 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5957 \begin_layout Standard
5958 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5966 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5971 environment is named
5983 \begin_layout Standard
5992 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5993 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5996 \begin_layout Labeling
5997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5999 \begin_inset space ~
6002 labels LyX uses the first
6003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6010 of each line as the item label.
6015 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6016 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6017 blank as described above.
6020 \begin_layout Labeling
6021 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6022 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6023 the body of the item text.
6024 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6025 label width plus a little extra space.
6029 \begin_layout Labeling
6030 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6032 \begin_inset space ~
6035 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6037 If the label width is larger, the label
6038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6045 into the first line.
6046 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6047 margin of the rest of the item text.
6050 \begin_layout Labeling
6051 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6053 \begin_inset space ~
6056 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6061 environment have the same left margin.
6062 \begin_inset Newline newline
6065 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6070 \begin_inset space ~
6079 \begin_inset space ~
6084 determines the default label width.
6085 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6094 multiple times instead.
6095 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6104 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6107 \begin_inset space ~
6112 every time you alter a label in a
6117 \begin_inset Newline newline
6120 The predefined default width is the length of
6121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6130 \begin_inset Newline newline
6134 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6142 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6143 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6156 environment the same way like the
6160 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6166 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6170 \begin_layout Standard
6175 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6177 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6179 \begin_inset space ~
6183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6185 reference "sec:Nesting"
6189 to learn about nesting.
6192 \begin_layout Standard
6193 There is yet another feature of the
6197 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6199 You can use additional
6203 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6208 are documented in section
6209 \begin_inset space ~
6213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6215 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6220 Here are some examples:
6221 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6227 \begin_layout Labeling
6228 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6229 Left The default for
6236 \begin_layout Labeling
6237 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6238 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6245 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6248 \begin_layout Labeling
6249 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6250 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6254 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6261 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6264 \begin_layout Subsection
6266 \begin_inset Index idx
6269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6286 \begin_inset space ~
6294 \begin_layout Standard
6295 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6303 \begin_inset space ~
6309 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6310 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6311 In contrast, you can use the
6318 \begin_inset space ~
6323 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6324 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6328 \begin_layout Standard
6329 Of course, you're not limited to using
6336 \begin_inset space ~
6345 \begin_inset space ~
6350 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6351 some European academic papers.
6354 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6358 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6365 \begin_layout Standard
6370 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6371 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6375 \begin_inset space ~
6380 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6381 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6382 Here's an example of each:
6385 \begin_layout Right Address
6387 \begin_inset Newline newline
6391 \begin_inset Newline newline
6395 \begin_inset Newline newline
6398 When is it? What is today?
6401 \begin_layout Standard
6405 \begin_inset space ~
6411 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6412 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6413 Here's an example of the
6420 \begin_layout Address
6422 \begin_inset Newline newline
6425 Where do I send this
6426 \begin_inset Newline newline
6429 Your post office and country
6432 \begin_layout Standard
6433 As you can see, both
6440 \begin_inset space ~
6445 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6450 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6456 This makes sense, since
6464 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6465 Thus, you have to use
6472 arg "newline-insert newline"
6478 \begin_inset space ~
6481 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6483 \begin_inset space ~
6492 menu) to start a new line in an
6499 \begin_inset space ~
6507 \begin_layout Subsection
6511 \begin_layout Standard
6512 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6513 or list of references.
6514 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6517 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6521 \begin_inset Index idx
6524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6533 \begin_layout Standard
6538 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6539 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6540 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6541 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6545 in anything else or vice versa.
6551 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6552 The book document classes ignores the
6556 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6560 in a letter document class.
6563 \begin_layout Standard
6568 environment does several things for you.
6569 First, it puts the centered label
6570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6578 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6580 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6581 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6582 the subsequent text.
6583 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6584 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6587 \begin_layout Standard
6588 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6592 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6593 The new paragraph will still be in the
6598 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6599 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6602 \begin_layout Standard
6603 \begin_inset Float figure
6608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6610 \begin_inset Graphics
6611 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6619 \begin_inset Caption
6621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6624 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6645 \begin_layout Standard
6646 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6650 environment, but since this document is in the
6651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6658 class, we can't do this.
6659 We inserted it therefore as figure
6660 \begin_inset space ~
6664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6666 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6671 If you've never heard of an
6672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6679 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6682 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6688 \begin_inset Index idx
6691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6700 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6707 \begin_layout Standard
6712 environment is used to list references.
6713 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6714 only use it at the end of the document.
6719 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6722 \begin_layout Standard
6723 When you first open a
6727 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6743 depending on the document class.
6744 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6745 Each paragraph of the
6749 environment is a bibliography entry.
6754 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6755 Each new paragraph is still in the
6762 \begin_layout Standard
6763 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6764 by using a BibTeX database.
6765 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6766 phy handling, have a look at in section
6767 \begin_inset space ~
6771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6773 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6780 \begin_layout Subsection
6784 \begin_inset Index idx
6787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6788 Paragraph ! LyX code
6794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6803 \begin_layout Standard
6808 environment is another LyX extension.
6809 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6814 key as a fixed whitespace;
6818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6830 \begin_inset space ~
6835 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6840 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6841 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6844 arg "newline-insert newline"
6861 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6862 So, when you finish using the
6866 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6867 Also, you can nest the
6871 environment inside of others.
6874 \begin_layout Standard
6875 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6878 \begin_layout Itemize
6882 arg "newline-insert newline"
6885 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6886 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6890 \begin_inset space \space{}
6900 arg "newline-insert newline"
6906 \begin_layout Itemize
6910 arg "newline-insert newline"
6921 \begin_layout Itemize
6926 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6933 \begin_layout Itemize
6937 arg "space-insert protected"
6944 \begin_layout Itemize
6945 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6946 You must put at least one
6950 in any line you want blank.
6951 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6954 \begin_layout Itemize
6955 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6959 since that will insert
6964 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6967 arg "self-insert \""
6973 \begin_layout Standard
6977 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6981 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6985 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6989 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6993 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6994 printf("Hello World!
6999 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7003 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7007 \begin_layout Standard
7008 This is just the standard
7009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7020 \begin_layout Standard
7025 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7026 rc-files, and so on.
7027 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7028 as if you used a typewriter.
7029 \begin_inset Index idx
7032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7033 Paragraph environments|)
7041 \begin_layout Section
7042 Nesting Environments
7043 \begin_inset Index idx
7046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7047 Nesting ! Environments
7053 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7062 \begin_layout Subsection
7066 \begin_layout Standard
7067 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7069 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7071 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7073 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7085 \begin_layout Enumerate
7089 \begin_layout Enumerate
7094 \begin_layout Enumerate
7098 \begin_layout Enumerate
7103 \begin_layout Enumerate
7107 \begin_layout Standard
7108 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7109 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7112 \begin_inset space ~
7116 \begin_inset space ~
7124 \begin_inset space ~
7128 \begin_inset space ~
7137 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7138 will tell you how far you are nested).
7139 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7142 arg "depth-increment"
7148 arg "depth-decrement"
7151 or the convenient key bindings
7162 arg "depth-increment"
7168 arg "depth-decrement"
7171 to change the nesting level.
7172 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7173 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7177 \begin_layout Standard
7178 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7179 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7180 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7181 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7184 \begin_layout Standard
7185 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7186 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7188 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7191 \begin_layout Subsection
7192 What You Can and Can't Nest
7195 \begin_layout Standard
7196 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7197 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7200 \begin_layout Standard
7201 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7202 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7203 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7206 \begin_layout Itemize
7207 Completely unnestable
7210 \begin_layout Itemize
7211 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7215 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7220 \begin_layout Standard
7221 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7222 environments have them:
7225 \begin_layout Description
7226 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7227 Can't nest into them.
7231 \begin_layout Itemize
7237 \begin_layout Itemize
7243 \begin_layout Itemize
7249 \begin_layout Itemize
7255 \begin_layout Itemize
7262 \begin_layout Description
7264 \begin_inset space ~
7267 Nestable You can nest them.
7268 You can nest other things into them.
7272 \begin_layout Itemize
7278 \begin_layout Itemize
7284 \begin_layout Itemize
7290 \begin_layout Itemize
7296 \begin_layout Itemize
7302 \begin_layout Itemize
7308 \begin_layout Itemize
7314 \begin_layout Itemize
7321 \begin_layout Description
7322 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7323 You can't nest anything into them.
7327 \begin_layout Itemize
7333 \begin_layout Itemize
7339 \begin_layout Itemize
7345 \begin_layout Itemize
7351 \begin_layout Itemize
7357 \begin_layout Itemize
7363 \begin_layout Itemize
7369 \begin_layout Itemize
7375 \begin_layout Itemize
7381 \begin_layout Itemize
7387 \begin_layout Itemize
7393 \begin_layout Itemize
7399 \begin_layout Itemize
7405 \begin_layout Itemize
7409 \begin_inset space ~
7415 \begin_layout Itemize
7422 \begin_layout Standard
7423 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7431 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7440 \begin_inset space ~
7444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7448 \begin_inset space \space{}
7451 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7452 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7453 section headings violate this.
7461 \begin_layout Subsection
7462 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7463 \begin_inset Index idx
7466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7467 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7475 \begin_layout Standard
7476 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7477 affected by nesting anyhow.
7481 \begin_layout Itemize
7485 \begin_layout Itemize
7489 \begin_layout Itemize
7493 \begin_layout Standard
7495 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7503 Figures and tables in
7507 are not affected by this.
7512 Have a look at section
7513 \begin_inset space ~
7517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7519 reference "sec:Floats"
7523 for more information about
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7531 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7532 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7536 \begin_layout Standard
7537 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7545 of its own, it behaves just like a
7546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7553 paragraph environment.
7554 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7558 \begin_layout Standard
7559 Here's an example with a table:
7562 \begin_layout Enumerate
7567 \begin_layout Enumerate
7568 This is (a) and it's nested.
7572 \begin_layout Standard
7573 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7579 \begin_layout Standard
7581 \begin_inset Tabular
7582 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7583 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7584 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7585 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7669 \begin_layout Standard
7670 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7677 \begin_layout Enumerate
7679 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7683 \begin_layout Enumerate
7687 \begin_layout Standard
7688 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7691 \begin_layout Enumerate
7696 \begin_layout Enumerate
7697 This is (a) and it's nested.
7701 \begin_layout Standard
7702 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7708 \begin_layout Standard
7710 \begin_inset Tabular
7711 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7712 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7713 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7714 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7798 \begin_layout Standard
7799 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7805 \begin_layout Enumerate
7812 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7815 \begin_layout Enumerate
7819 \begin_layout Standard
7820 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7824 \begin_layout Standard
7825 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7827 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7830 \begin_layout Enumerate
7835 \begin_layout Enumerate
7836 This is (a) and it's nested.
7839 \begin_layout Standard
7840 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7846 \begin_layout Standard
7848 \begin_inset Tabular
7849 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7850 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7936 \begin_layout Standard
7937 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7943 \begin_layout Enumerate
7945 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7953 \begin_layout Enumerate
7957 \begin_layout Standard
7958 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7964 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7965 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7969 \begin_layout Subsection
7970 Usage and General Features
7973 \begin_layout Standard
7974 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7983 is the innermost possible depth.
7984 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7987 \begin_layout Enumerate
7988 level #1 – outermost
7992 \begin_layout Enumerate
7997 \begin_layout Enumerate
8002 \begin_layout Enumerate
8007 \begin_layout Itemize
8012 \begin_layout Itemize
8021 \begin_layout Standard
8022 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8023 both of them in the example.
8024 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8034 For example, if we tried to nest another
8039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8046 , we would get errors.
8049 \begin_layout Subsection
8051 \begin_inset Index idx
8054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8063 \begin_layout Standard
8064 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8065 We have several examples of nested environments.
8066 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8070 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8071 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8074 \begin_layout Labeling
8075 \labelwidthstring MMM
8076 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8085 \begin_layout Labeling
8086 \labelwidthstring MMM
8087 #2-a This is level #2.
8088 We created it by using
8091 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8097 arg "depth-increment"
8104 \begin_layout Labeling
8105 \labelwidthstring MMM
8106 #3-a This is level #3.
8107 This time, we just hit
8114 arg "depth-increment"
8118 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8122 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8128 arg "depth-increment"
8135 \begin_layout Standard
8140 environment, nested inside of
8141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8149 So, it's at level #4.
8150 We did this by hitting
8153 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8159 arg "depth-increment"
8162 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8167 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8183 \begin_layout Standard
8188 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8191 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8197 \begin_layout Labeling
8198 \labelwidthstring MMM
8199 #4-a This is level #4.
8203 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8206 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8211 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8215 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8220 keep nesting things inside
8221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8232 \begin_layout Labeling
8233 \labelwidthstring MMM
8234 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8239 \begin_layout Labeling
8240 \labelwidthstring MMM
8241 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8242 and this is level #6.
8243 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8247 \begin_layout Labeling
8248 \labelwidthstring MMM
8249 #5-b Back to level #5.
8253 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8259 arg "depth-decrement"
8266 \begin_layout Labeling
8267 \labelwidthstring MMM
8271 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8277 arg "depth-decrement"
8280 , we're back at level #4.
8284 \begin_layout Labeling
8285 \labelwidthstring MMM
8286 #3-b Back to level #3.
8287 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8291 \begin_layout Labeling
8292 \labelwidthstring MMM
8293 #2-b Back to level #2.
8298 \begin_layout Labeling
8299 \labelwidthstring MMM
8300 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8301 After this sentence, we'll hit
8305 and change the paragraph environment back to
8312 \begin_layout Standard
8313 We could have also used the
8329 environment in place of the
8334 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8337 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8338 Example 2: Inheritance
8341 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8342 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8345 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8354 arg "depth-increment"
8357 , after which, we'll change to the
8365 \begin_layout Enumerate
8370 environment, at level #2.
8373 \begin_layout Enumerate
8374 Notice how the nested
8378 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8382 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8386 \begin_layout Standard
8387 We ended this example by hitting
8392 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8396 and reset the nesting depth by using
8399 arg "depth-decrement"
8405 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8406 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8415 \begin_inset Argument
8418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8419 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8427 \begin_layout Enumerate
8428 This is level #1, in an
8432 paragraph environment.
8433 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8437 \begin_layout Enumerate
8442 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8448 arg "depth-increment"
8452 Now, what happens if we nest an
8456 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8457 label be? An asterisk?
8461 \begin_layout Itemize
8471 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8472 So, its label is a bullet.
8473 (We got here by using
8476 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8482 arg "depth-increment"
8485 , then changing the environment to
8493 \begin_layout Itemize
8494 Here's level #4, produced using
8497 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8503 arg "depth-increment"
8507 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8512 \begin_layout Enumerate
8513 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8515 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8520 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8524 , because we are in the
8533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8552 \begin_layout Enumerate
8557 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8558 type of numbering does LyX use?
8561 \begin_layout Enumerate
8562 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8565 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8568 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8571 \begin_layout Enumerate
8575 arg "depth-decrement"
8578 to decrease the depth after the next
8581 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8588 \begin_layout Enumerate
8590 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8594 \begin_layout Enumerate
8596 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8597 numeral as the label.Why?
8600 \begin_layout Enumerate
8601 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8610 Notice, however, that LyX
8614 reset the counter for the label.
8618 \begin_layout Enumerate
8622 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8628 arg "depth-decrement"
8631 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8632 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8633 into the twofold-nested
8641 \begin_layout Enumerate
8642 The same thing happens if we do another
8645 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8651 arg "depth-decrement"
8654 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8657 \begin_layout Standard
8658 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8663 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8677 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8683 The same rule applies for the
8687 environment, as well.
8690 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8691 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8694 \begin_layout Enumerate
8695 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8696 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8697 same detail with how we did it.
8706 \begin_layout Standard
8714 arg "depth-increment"
8721 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8722 example in parentheses someplace.
8723 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
8724 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8725 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8729 \begin_layout Enumerate
8734 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8739 Now we'll add verse.
8740 \begin_inset Newline newline
8743 It will get much worse.
8744 \begin_inset Newline newline
8754 arg "depth-increment"
8765 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8766 \begin_inset Newline newline
8769 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8770 \begin_inset Newline newline
8776 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8789 \begin_layout Standard
8790 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8796 \begin_layout Standard
8798 \begin_inset Tabular
8799 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8800 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8801 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8802 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8891 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8901 arg "depth-increment"
8907 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8917 arg "depth-decrement"
8924 \begin_layout Enumerate
8929 : level #1) This is another item.
8930 Note that selecting a
8934 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8935 3 times to put the table inside the
8943 \begin_layout Quotation
8944 We're now ending the
8948 list and changing to
8953 We're still at level #1.
8954 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8955 The next set of paragraphs is a
8956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8970 \begin_inset space ~
8975 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8979 for the letter body.
8983 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8986 to preserve the depth.
8987 Remember that you need to use
8990 arg "newline-insert newline"
8993 to create multiple lines inside the
9000 \begin_inset space ~
9010 \begin_layout Right Address
9012 \begin_inset Newline newline
9015 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9016 \begin_inset Newline newline
9022 \begin_layout Address
9024 \begin_inset space ~
9030 \begin_layout Quotation
9031 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9035 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9036 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9037 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9038 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9039 as soon as possible.
9040 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9043 \begin_layout Quotation
9044 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9045 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9046 with your order, along with payment.
9049 \begin_layout Quotation
9050 We thank you again for your patience.
9053 \begin_layout Address
9055 \begin_inset Newline newline
9062 \begin_layout Quotation
9063 That ends that example!
9066 \begin_layout Standard
9067 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9068 just a few keystrokes.
9069 We could have easily nested an
9090 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9093 \begin_layout Section
9094 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9095 \begin_inset Index idx
9098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9107 \begin_layout Standard
9108 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9109 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9110 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9111 be broken at the end of a line.
9112 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9116 \begin_layout Subsection
9118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9120 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9125 \begin_inset Index idx
9128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9137 \begin_layout Standard
9138 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9140 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9144 Further documentation is given in section
9145 \begin_inset Newline newline
9149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9151 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9159 \begin_layout Standard
9160 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9175 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9184 A protected space is set with
9186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9187 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9201 arg "space-insert protected"
9207 \begin_layout Subsection
9209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9211 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9216 \begin_inset Index idx
9219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9220 Spacing ! Horizontal
9228 \begin_layout Standard
9229 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9231 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9232 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9236 The length units are listed in Appendix
9237 \begin_inset space ~
9241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9243 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9250 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9254 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9259 \begin_inset Index idx
9262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9277 \begin_inset space \space{}
9280 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9281 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9282 \begin_inset space ~
9286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9288 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9293 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9294 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9297 arg "space-insert normal"
9303 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9307 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9312 \begin_inset Index idx
9315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9324 \begin_layout Standard
9326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9333 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9342 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9343 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9344 inside abbreviations:
9349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9353 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9356 \begin_layout Standard
9357 or between values and units.
9358 Compare for example this:
9359 \begin_inset Newline newline
9363 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9367 \begin_inset Newline newline
9373 \begin_layout Standard
9374 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9377 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9379 \begin_inset space ~
9387 arg "space-insert thin"
9393 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9397 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9404 \begin_layout Standard
9405 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9408 \begin_layout Description
9410 \begin_inset space ~
9414 \begin_inset space ~
9418 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9422 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9426 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9429 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9432 \begin_layout Description
9434 \begin_inset space ~
9438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9442 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9446 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9450 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9457 em) space between the arrows.
9460 \begin_layout Description
9462 \begin_inset space ~
9466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9470 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9474 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9478 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9482 \begin_inset space ~
9486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9489 em) space between the arrows.
9492 \begin_layout Description
9494 \begin_inset space ~
9498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9502 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9506 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9510 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9514 \begin_inset space ~
9518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9521 em) space between the arrows.
9524 \begin_layout Description
9526 \begin_inset space ~
9530 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9534 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9539 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9546 cm space between the arrows.
9549 \begin_layout Standard
9551 \begin_inset space ~
9555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9557 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9561 lists the different space sizes.
9564 \begin_layout Standard
9565 \begin_inset Float table
9570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9572 \begin_inset Caption
9574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9577 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9581 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9591 \begin_inset Tabular
9592 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9593 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9635 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9735 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9818 \begin_inset Index idx
9821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9830 \begin_layout Standard
9831 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9832 in a uniform fashion.
9833 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9834 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9835 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9836 equally between themselves.
9840 \begin_layout Standard
9841 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9846 This is on the left side
9847 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9850 This is on the right
9856 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9860 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9869 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9873 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9877 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9883 \begin_layout Standard
9884 That was an example in the
9890 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9894 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9898 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9901 is one in a standard paragraph.
9902 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9906 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9909 \begin_layout Standard
9910 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9913 \begin_inset space ~
9918 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9921 \begin_layout Standard
9923 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9927 \begin_inset space ~
9933 \begin_layout Standard
9935 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9939 \begin_inset space ~
9945 \begin_layout Standard
9947 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9951 \begin_inset space ~
9957 \begin_layout Standard
9959 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9963 \begin_inset space ~
9969 \begin_layout Standard
9971 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9975 \begin_inset space ~
9981 \begin_layout Standard
9983 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9987 \begin_inset space ~
9993 \begin_layout Standard
9994 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10002 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10006 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10007 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10008 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10012 option in the space dialog.
10020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10022 \begin_inset Index idx
10025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10034 \begin_layout Standard
10035 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10041 \begin_inset space \space{}
10044 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10047 \begin_layout Standard
10048 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10051 What is correct English?:
10052 \begin_inset Newline newline
10056 \begin_inset Newline newline
10060 \begin_inset space ~
10063 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10064 \begin_inset Newline newline
10068 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10079 \begin_inset Newline newline
10083 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10094 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10100 \begin_layout Standard
10101 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10106 \begin_inset space ~
10110 \begin_inset space ~
10114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10118 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10121 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10125 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10131 \begin_inset space ~
10135 \begin_inset space ~
10139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10142 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10151 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10152 That is why it is named
10153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10161 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10162 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10166 \begin_layout Subsection
10168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10170 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10175 \begin_inset Index idx
10178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10187 \begin_layout Standard
10188 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10191 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10193 \begin_inset space ~
10199 There you find the following sizes:
10202 \begin_layout Standard
10215 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10220 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10222 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10226 \begin_inset Index idx
10229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10230 Document ! Settings
10235 for the paragraph separation.
10236 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10247 \begin_layout Standard
10253 \begin_inset Index idx
10256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10262 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10263 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10265 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10266 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10275 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10284 s are described in section
10285 \begin_inset space ~
10289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10291 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10300 If there are several
10304 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10305 You can therefore use
10309 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10312 \begin_layout Standard
10317 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10318 \begin_inset space ~
10322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10324 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10331 \begin_layout Standard
10332 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10342 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10343 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10355 \begin_layout Subsection
10356 Paragraph Alignment
10359 \begin_layout Standard
10360 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10362 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10366 There are five possibilities:
10369 \begin_layout Itemize
10377 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10383 \begin_layout Itemize
10391 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10397 \begin_layout Itemize
10405 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10411 \begin_layout Itemize
10419 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10425 \begin_layout Itemize
10433 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10439 \begin_layout Standard
10440 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10441 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10442 the left and right margins.
10443 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10446 \begin_layout Standard
10448 This paragraph is right aligned,
10451 \begin_layout Standard
10453 this one is centered,
10456 \begin_layout Standard
10458 this one is left aligned.
10461 \begin_layout Subsection
10463 \begin_inset Index idx
10466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10467 Page breaks ! Forced
10473 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10475 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10482 \begin_layout Standard
10483 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
10484 can force a page break where you want one.
10485 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10486 Only if you use a lot of
10490 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10493 \begin_layout Standard
10494 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
10495 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10499 have to change the page breaking.
10502 \begin_layout Standard
10503 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
10505 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10507 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10508 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10510 \begin_inset space ~
10516 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10518 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10519 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10521 \begin_inset space ~
10526 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10528 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10529 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10532 \begin_layout Standard
10533 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10534 at the top of a page.
10535 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10536 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10537 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10538 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10542 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10546 to learn more about
10553 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10557 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10562 \begin_inset Index idx
10565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10566 Page breaks ! Clear
10574 \begin_layout Standard
10575 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
10576 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10577 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10578 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10579 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10582 \begin_layout Standard
10583 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10585 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10586 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10588 \begin_inset space ~
10594 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10596 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10597 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10599 \begin_inset space ~
10603 \begin_inset space ~
10608 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10609 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10612 \begin_layout Subsection
10614 \begin_inset Index idx
10617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10626 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10633 \begin_layout Standard
10634 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10636 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10639 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10641 \begin_inset space ~
10645 \begin_inset space ~
10653 arg "newline-insert newline"
10657 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10659 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10660 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10662 \begin_inset space ~
10666 \begin_inset space ~
10671 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10673 This is necessary to avoid
10674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10681 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10684 \begin_layout Standard
10685 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10686 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10687 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10688 set a line break, e.
10689 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10693 \begin_inset space \space{}
10696 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10697 \begin_inset space ~
10701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10703 reference "sec:Quote"
10708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10710 reference "sec:Verse"
10715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10717 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10724 \begin_layout Subsection
10726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10728 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10733 \begin_inset Index idx
10736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10745 \begin_layout Standard
10747 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10758 \begin_layout Standard
10761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10762 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10764 \begin_inset space ~
10769 you can insert horizontal lines.
10770 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10771 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10774 \begin_layout Standard
10776 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10787 \begin_layout Section
10788 Characters and Symbols
10791 \begin_layout Standard
10792 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10793 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10794 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10798 \begin_inset space \space{}
10801 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10803 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10809 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10813 for information on how this is done.
10816 \begin_layout Standard
10817 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10822 dialog via the menu
10824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10825 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10831 \begin_layout Standard
10832 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10840 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10841 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10842 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10850 \begin_layout Section
10851 Fonts and Text Styles
10852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10854 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10861 \begin_layout Subsection
10863 \begin_inset Index idx
10866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10875 \begin_layout Standard
10876 There are two types of fonts:
10879 \begin_layout Description
10881 \begin_inset space ~
10885 \begin_inset Index idx
10888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10894 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10895 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10899 characters) in the font.
10900 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10901 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10902 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10903 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10904 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10905 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10906 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10907 \begin_inset Newline newline
10910 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10911 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10912 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10913 sizes than at small ones.
10914 \begin_inset Newline newline
10928 \begin_inset space ~
10936 \begin_layout Description
10938 \begin_inset space ~
10942 \begin_inset Index idx
10945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10951 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10952 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10953 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10954 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10955 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10956 picture manipulation program.
10957 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10958 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10959 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10960 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10961 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10963 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10964 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10965 \begin_inset Newline newline
10968 Bitmap fonts are named
10971 \begin_inset space ~
10976 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10979 \begin_layout Standard
10980 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10981 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10982 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10983 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10984 use scalable fonts.
10987 \begin_layout Standard
10988 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10989 its document properties.
10992 \begin_layout Standard
10993 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10994 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10995 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10996 font to emphasize text, you use an
10997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11005 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11006 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11010 \begin_layout Subsection
11012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11014 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11021 \begin_layout Standard
11022 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11023 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11024 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11026 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11027 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11028 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11029 to usual word processors.
11030 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11031 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11032 across different machines.
11033 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11034 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11036 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11038 \begin_inset space ~
11042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11044 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11049 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11050 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11054 \begin_layout Standard
11055 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11056 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11057 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11058 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11059 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11060 that is installed on your system.
11061 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11064 \begin_layout Standard
11065 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11073 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11074 es; so you might have to experiment.
11082 \begin_layout Standard
11083 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11091 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11092 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11100 \begin_layout Subsection
11101 Document Font and Font size
11102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11104 name "sub:Document-Font"
11109 \begin_inset Index idx
11112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11119 \begin_inset Index idx
11122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11131 \begin_layout Standard
11132 You can set the document fonts in the
11134 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11138 \begin_inset Index idx
11141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11142 Document ! Settings
11152 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11153 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11156 \begin_inset space ~
11165 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11166 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11170 \begin_layout Standard
11177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11186 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11187 This requires that you use
11193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11232 as output format, i.
11233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11237 \begin_inset space ~
11240 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11241 \begin_inset space ~
11245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11247 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11252 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11254 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11256 \begin_inset space ~
11259 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11260 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11261 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11263 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11266 \begin_layout Standard
11267 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11272 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11277 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11278 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11300 European Computer Modern
11303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11310 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11313 \begin_layout Standard
11322 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11323 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11328 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11331 \begin_inset space ~
11336 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11342 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11343 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11346 \begin_layout Itemize
11355 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11369 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11373 as the default font.
11374 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11375 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11388 One difference is improved kerning for the
11400 \begin_layout Itemize
11409 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11413 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11428 Virtual means that it
11429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11440 -glyphs from other fonts.
11441 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11463 Loading the LaTeX-package
11468 \begin_inset Index idx
11471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11472 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11477 with the document preamble line
11478 \begin_inset Newline newline
11485 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11486 \begin_inset Newline newline
11491 will fix the guillemet problem.
11496 and that accented characters are not
11500 glyph, but build of
11504 characters, the accent and the letter.
11505 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11511 If you search for example for the French word
11512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11519 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11528 and not for the glyph
11529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11533 \begin_inset space ~
11537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11543 \begin_layout Itemize
11544 If you do not like the look of
11552 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11553 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11557 \begin_inset space ~
11571 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11572 \begin_inset space ~
11575 serif and typewriter fonts
11579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11580 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11581 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11592 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11605 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11619 , but you can also select your own.
11620 \begin_inset Newline newline
11623 The differences between roman,
11626 \begin_inset space ~
11635 fonts are explained in section
11636 \begin_inset space ~
11640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11642 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11647 \begin_inset Newline newline
11654 was originally designed for newspapers.
11655 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11656 into the small newspaper columns.
11661 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11662 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11665 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11678 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11683 depends on the class you are using.
11684 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11687 \begin_layout Standard
11688 Note that the font size is the
11693 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11694 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11695 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11698 \begin_inset space ~
11704 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11705 \begin_inset space ~
11709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11711 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11718 \begin_layout Standard
11723 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11725 \begin_inset space ~
11728 serif or typewriter.
11733 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11743 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11746 \begin_layout Standard
11755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11764 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11770 \begin_inset space ~
11774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11776 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11781 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11782 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11789 \begin_layout Standard
11790 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11792 Use Old Style Figures
11796 Use True Small Caps
11799 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11802 Use Old Style Figures
11804 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11806 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11810 \begin_inset space ~
11813 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11816 Use True Small Caps
11818 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11819 of scaled capitals.
11820 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11821 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11824 \begin_layout Standard
11829 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11830 a font to display the script characters.
11834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11835 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11840 So this has no effect for the document language
11856 \begin_layout Standard
11857 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11861 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11869 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11873 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11874 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11875 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11877 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11880 dialog, see section
11881 \begin_inset space ~
11885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11887 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11899 \begin_layout Subsection
11900 Using Different Character Styles
11901 \begin_inset Index idx
11904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11911 \begin_inset Index idx
11914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11923 \begin_layout Standard
11924 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11925 certain paragraph environments.
11926 LyX supports two character styles,
11935 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11939 \begin_layout Standard
11944 style, do one of the following:
11947 \begin_layout Itemize
11948 click on the toolbar button
11957 \begin_layout Itemize
11958 use the key binding
11967 \begin_layout Standard
11968 These commands are all toggles.
11973 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11976 \begin_layout Standard
11977 One typically uses the
11981 style for proper names.
11983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11990 is the original author of LyX.
11991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11997 \begin_layout Standard
11998 A more widely used character style is the
12003 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12010 \begin_layout Itemize
12011 clicking on the toolbar button
12020 \begin_layout Itemize
12021 using the keybindings
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12035 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12036 es use a different font.
12039 \begin_layout Standard
12040 We've been using the
12044 style all over the place in this document.
12045 Here's one more example:
12048 \begin_layout Quotation
12051 Don't overuse character styles!
12054 \begin_layout Standard
12055 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12056 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12057 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12058 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12062 \begin_layout Standard
12063 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12071 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12073 \begin_inset space ~
12081 \begin_layout Subsection
12082 Fine-Tuning with the
12087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12089 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12094 \begin_inset Index idx
12097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12106 \begin_layout Standard
12107 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12108 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12109 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12110 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12111 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12112 from ordinary dialog.
12115 \begin_layout Standard
12116 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12117 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12118 \begin_inset Newline newline
12121 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12122 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12125 \begin_layout Standard
12126 To use custom character styles, open the
12128 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12130 \begin_inset space ~
12133 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12134 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12138 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12139 font property which you can choose.
12140 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12143 \begin_inset space ~
12148 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12153 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12154 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12155 environments in a snap.
12158 \begin_layout Standard
12159 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12162 \begin_inset space ~
12174 \begin_layout Labeling
12175 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12189 The possible options are:
12193 \begin_layout Labeling
12194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12199 This is the Roman font family.
12200 Normally a serif font.
12201 It's also the default family.
12211 \begin_layout Labeling
12212 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12216 \begin_inset space ~
12223 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12235 \begin_layout Labeling
12236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12243 This is the Typewriter font family.
12249 arg "font-typewriter"
12258 \begin_layout Labeling
12259 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12264 This corresponds to the print weight.
12269 \begin_layout Labeling
12270 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12275 This is the Medium font series.
12276 It's also the default series.
12279 \begin_layout Labeling
12280 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12287 This is the Bold font series.
12300 \begin_layout Labeling
12301 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12306 As the name implies.
12311 \begin_layout Labeling
12312 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12317 This is the Upright font shape.
12318 It's also the default shape.
12321 \begin_layout Labeling
12322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12336 s the Italic font shape
12342 \begin_layout Labeling
12343 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12350 This is the Slanted font shape
12352 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12355 \begin_layout Labeling
12356 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12360 \begin_inset space ~
12367 This is the Small caps font shape
12374 \begin_layout Labeling
12375 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12380 Alters the size of the font.
12381 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12382 nal to the document font size.
12383 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12384 what you want to do.
12389 \begin_layout Labeling
12390 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12411 arg "font-size tiny"
12417 \begin_layout Labeling
12418 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12439 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12445 \begin_layout Labeling
12446 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12467 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12473 \begin_layout Labeling
12474 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12495 arg "font-size small"
12501 \begin_layout Labeling
12502 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12516 It's also the default size.
12520 arg "font-size normal"
12526 \begin_layout Labeling
12527 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12548 arg "font-size large"
12554 \begin_layout Labeling
12555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12576 arg "font-size larger"
12582 \begin_layout Labeling
12583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12604 arg "font-size largest"
12610 \begin_layout Labeling
12611 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12632 arg "font-size huge"
12638 \begin_layout Labeling
12639 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12660 arg "font-size giant"
12666 \begin_layout Labeling
12667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12672 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
12673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12692 arg "font-size increase"
12698 \begin_layout Labeling
12699 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12704 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
12705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12724 arg "font-size decrease"
12731 \begin_layout Standard
12736 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12737 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12738 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12739 — use that instead.
12740 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12743 \begin_layout Labeling
12744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12749 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12754 \begin_layout Labeling
12755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12762 This is text with emphasize on
12765 This might seem like the same as
12769 , but it is actually a bit different.
12775 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12777 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12780 \begin_layout Labeling
12781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12788 This is text with Underbar on.
12794 arg "font-underline"
12800 \begin_inset Newline newline
12805 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12806 when you couldn't change fonts.
12807 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12808 It's only included in LyX because some people
12812 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12815 \begin_layout Labeling
12816 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12820 \begin_inset space ~
12827 This is text with Double underbar on.
12833 arg "font-underunderline"
12837 \begin_inset Newline newline
12840 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
12841 about double underbar.
12844 \begin_layout Labeling
12845 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12849 \begin_inset space ~
12856 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
12862 arg "font-underwave"
12866 \begin_inset Newline newline
12869 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
12870 Keep antinausea pills handy.
12873 \begin_layout Labeling
12874 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12881 This is text with Strikeout on.
12887 arg "font-strikeout"
12890 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
12894 \begin_layout Labeling
12895 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12902 This is text with Noun on.
12909 , this is a logical attribute.
12910 Normally it's equivalent to
12913 \begin_inset space ~
12922 \begin_layout Labeling
12923 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12928 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12929 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12933 \begin_inset space ~
12938 , which is the default
12939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12946 and means normally black, you can choose between
12979 \begin_inset Index idx
12982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12991 \begin_layout Labeling
12992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12997 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12998 the language of the document.
12999 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13003 \begin_layout Standard
13004 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13005 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13007 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13009 \begin_inset space ~
13014 dialog, the settings are saved.
13015 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13018 arg "textstyle-apply"
13022 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13027 \begin_layout Standard
13028 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13035 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13036 (suppose you just set the shape to
13037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13055 \begin_inset space ~
13067 \begin_layout Standard
13068 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13076 \begin_inset space ~
13088 \begin_layout Itemize
13094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13101 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13119 \begin_inset Newline newline
13123 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13137 \begin_inset Note Note
13140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13141 For more on phantoms see section
13142 \begin_inset space ~
13146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13148 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13158 \begin_inset Newline newline
13164 \begin_layout Itemize
13169 fonts use characters with serifs.
13170 These are the small
13171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13178 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13179 The following example will show the difference:
13180 \begin_inset Newline newline
13184 \begin_inset Newline newline
13189 text without serifs
13192 \begin_inset Newline newline
13195 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13196 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13203 \begin_layout Itemize
13209 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13210 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13213 \begin_layout Standard
13214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13221 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13222 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13223 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13225 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13226 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13227 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13244 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
13245 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
13246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13253 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
13255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13262 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
13265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13297 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
13299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13306 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
13310 \begin_layout Standard
13311 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13312 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13315 \begin_layout Section
13316 Printing and Previewing
13319 \begin_layout Subsection
13323 \begin_layout Standard
13324 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13325 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13326 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13327 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13328 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13330 Additional Features
13335 \begin_layout Standard
13336 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13337 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13338 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13339 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13340 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13341 This happens in two stages:
13344 \begin_layout Enumerate
13345 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13346 generating a file with the extension,
13347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13361 \begin_layout Enumerate
13362 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13366 file to produce printable output.
13370 \begin_layout Subsection
13371 Output file formats
13372 \begin_inset Index idx
13375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13384 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13391 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13392 Simple text (ASCII)
13393 \begin_inset Index idx
13396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13397 File formats ! ASCII
13405 \begin_layout Standard
13406 This file type has the extension
13407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13419 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13423 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13430 \begin_layout Standard
13431 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13433 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13434 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13436 \begin_inset space ~
13443 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13444 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13446 \begin_inset space ~
13450 \begin_inset space ~
13456 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13462 \begin_inset Index idx
13465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13466 File formats ! LaTeX
13474 \begin_layout Standard
13475 This file type has the extension
13476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13487 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13489 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13490 it manually with console commands.
13491 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13492 you view or export your document.
13495 \begin_layout Standard
13496 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13498 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13499 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13516 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13518 \begin_inset Index idx
13521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13530 \begin_layout Standard
13531 This file type has the extension
13532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13552 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13553 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13554 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13558 \begin_layout Standard
13559 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13560 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13561 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13562 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13564 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13567 \begin_layout Standard
13568 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13570 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13571 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13576 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13577 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13579 \begin_inset space ~
13586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13596 The latter option uses the program
13605 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13606 font access (see section
13607 \begin_inset space ~
13611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13613 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13618 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13624 \begin_inset Index idx
13627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13628 File formats ! PostScript
13636 \begin_layout Standard
13637 This file type has the extension
13638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13650 PostScript was developed by the company
13654 as a printer language.
13655 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13657 PostScript can be seen as a
13658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13661 programming language
13662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13665 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13670 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13676 \begin_inset Index idx
13679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13680 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13690 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13693 \begin_layout Standard
13694 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13698 Encapsulated PostScript
13699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13702 (EPS, file extension
13703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13715 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13716 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13721 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13725 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13726 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13727 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13728 EPS to avoid this problem.
13731 \begin_layout Standard
13732 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13734 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13735 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13741 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13743 \begin_inset Index idx
13746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13753 \begin_inset Index idx
13756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13765 \begin_layout Standard
13766 This file type has the extension
13767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13783 Portable Document Format
13784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13791 was derived from PostScript.
13792 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13801 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13802 looks exactly the same.
13805 \begin_layout Standard
13806 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13810 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13814 (JPG, file extension
13815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13842 Portable Network Graphics
13843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13846 (PNG, file extension
13847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13859 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13860 in the background to one of these formats.
13861 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13862 will slow down your workflow.
13863 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13866 \begin_layout Standard
13867 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13869 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13872 in three different ways:
13875 \begin_layout Description
13876 PDF This uses the program
13880 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13881 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13885 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13886 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13889 \begin_layout Description
13891 \begin_inset space ~
13894 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13898 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13902 \begin_layout Description
13904 \begin_inset space ~
13907 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13911 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13914 \begin_layout Description
13916 \begin_inset space ~
13923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13930 X) This uses the program
13934 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13939 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13940 font access (see section
13941 \begin_inset space ~
13945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13947 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13952 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13955 \begin_layout Description
13957 \begin_inset space ~
13964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13971 X) This uses the program
13975 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13980 is an even newer engine, derived from
13984 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13985 access (see section
13986 \begin_inset space ~
13990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13992 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13997 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14001 \begin_layout Standard
14002 We recommend to use
14005 \begin_inset space ~
14014 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14015 works without problems.
14016 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14017 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14021 \begin_inset space ~
14028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14040 \begin_inset space ~
14047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14056 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14064 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14066 \begin_inset Index idx
14069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14070 FileFormats ! XHTML
14076 \begin_inset Index idx
14079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14088 \begin_layout Standard
14089 This file type has the extension
14090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14102 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14103 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14104 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14105 suitable for the purpose.
14106 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14107 it, but not all do.
14110 \begin_layout Standard
14111 XHTML output remains
14112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14119 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14124 LyX and the World Wide Web
14125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14130 Additional Features
14132 manual, for more information.
14135 \begin_layout Standard
14136 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14138 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14139 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14145 \begin_layout Subsection
14147 \begin_inset Index idx
14150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14159 \begin_layout Standard
14160 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14161 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14170 or the toolbar button
14177 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14178 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14179 \begin_inset space ~
14183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14185 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14189 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14191 \begin_inset space ~
14195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14197 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14202 Further output formats can be selected via
14204 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14207 or the toolbar button
14208 \begin_inset Graphics
14209 filename ../images/view-others.png
14211 groupId toolbarbuttons
14218 \begin_layout Standard
14219 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14220 viewer window using the menu
14222 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14227 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14228 Update (Other Formats)
14233 \begin_layout Standard
14234 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14236 To have a real output, export your document.
14239 \begin_layout Subsection
14240 Printing the File from within LyX
14241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14243 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14250 \begin_layout Standard
14251 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14252 it directly from within LyX.
14253 To print a file, select the menu
14255 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14258 or click on the toolbar button
14261 arg "dialog-show print"
14265 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14266 This file is then processed by the program
14270 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14275 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14278 \begin_layout Standard
14279 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14280 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14281 printing one set to print on the other side.
14282 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14283 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14284 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14287 \begin_layout Standard
14288 You can set the parameters in the
14291 \begin_inset space ~
14299 \begin_layout Labeling
14300 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14305 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14310 Note that this printer name is for the program
14319 has to be configured for this printer name.
14320 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14321 \begin_inset space ~
14325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14327 reference "sub:Printer"
14336 The printer should understand PostScript.
14339 \begin_layout Labeling
14340 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14345 The name of a file to print to.
14346 The output will be a PostScript file.
14347 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14351 \begin_layout Section
14352 A few Words about Typography
14353 \begin_inset Index idx
14356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14365 \begin_layout Subsection
14367 \begin_inset Index idx
14370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14379 \begin_layout Standard
14381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14392 character comes in four lengths: the
14404 , and the minus sign:
14405 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14411 \begin_layout Standard
14412 \begin_inset Tabular
14413 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14414 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14415 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14416 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14417 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14418 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14447 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14487 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14512 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14514 \begin_inset space ~
14517 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14524 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14549 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14551 \begin_inset space ~
14554 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14575 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14609 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14615 \begin_layout Standard
14616 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14628 character multiple times in a row.
14629 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14630 the final output, but not in LyX.
14632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14662 \begin_layout Standard
14663 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14664 math mode and has a length of its own.
14665 Here are some examples of the
14666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14680 \begin_layout Enumerate
14681 line- and page-breaks
14682 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14692 \begin_layout Enumerate
14694 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14704 \begin_layout Enumerate
14705 Oh — there's a dash.
14706 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14716 \begin_layout Enumerate
14717 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14721 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14731 \begin_layout Subsection
14733 \begin_inset Index idx
14736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14745 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14752 \begin_layout Standard
14753 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14754 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14759 \begin_inset Index idx
14762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14763 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14768 following the rules of the document language
14772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14773 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14781 \begin_inset space ~
14785 \begin_inset space ~
14792 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14803 \begin_layout Standard
14804 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14809 font and with unusual constructs, like
14810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14818 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14819 This is done with the menu
14821 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14822 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14824 \begin_inset space ~
14830 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14831 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14834 \begin_layout Standard
14835 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14836 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14846 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14854 as a hyphenation possibility.
14855 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14856 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14857 as described in section
14858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14861 Prevent Hyphenation
14862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14872 \begin_layout Subsection
14874 \begin_inset Index idx
14877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14886 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14887 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14890 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14897 \begin_layout Standard
14898 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14899 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14900 LaTeX then adds the
14901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14904 appropriate amount of space
14905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14909 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14911 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14914 \begin_layout Standard
14915 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14916 not work in all cases.
14918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14929 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14930 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14933 \begin_layout Standard
14934 Here are some examples of
14938 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14941 \begin_layout Itemize
14946 \begin_layout Itemize
14951 \begin_layout Standard
14952 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14955 \begin_layout Itemize
14957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14961 this is too much space!
14964 \begin_layout Itemize
14969 \begin_layout Standard
14970 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14973 \begin_layout Standard
14974 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14977 \begin_layout Enumerate
14981 \begin_inset space ~
14986 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14987 \begin_inset space ~
14991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14993 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14998 \begin_inset Index idx
15001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15002 Spaces ! inter-word
15010 \begin_layout Enumerate
15014 \begin_inset space ~
15019 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15020 \begin_inset space ~
15024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15026 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15031 \begin_inset Index idx
15034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15043 \begin_layout Enumerate
15047 \begin_inset space ~
15051 \begin_inset space ~
15055 \begin_inset space ~
15062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15064 \begin_inset space ~
15069 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15070 This function is also bound to
15073 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15079 \begin_layout Standard
15080 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15083 \begin_layout Itemize
15085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15089 \begin_inset space \space{}
15092 this is too much space!
15095 \begin_layout Itemize
15096 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15100 \begin_layout Standard
15101 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15102 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15103 will take care of this.
15106 \begin_layout Standard
15107 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15111 \begin_inset space ~
15116 feature described in section
15122 Additional Features
15127 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15129 \begin_inset Index idx
15132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15133 Typography ! Quotes
15139 \begin_inset Index idx
15142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15174 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15175 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15176 and use a closing quote at the end.
15178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15186 The keyboard character,
15190 , generates this automatically.
15193 \begin_layout Standard
15194 You can change the behavior of the
15198 key using the submenu
15204 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15208 \begin_inset Index idx
15211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15212 Document ! Settings
15220 \begin_layout Standard
15221 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15226 There are six choices:
15229 \begin_layout Labeling
15230 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15242 Use quotes like this
15243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15251 \begin_inset Quotes els
15255 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15261 \begin_layout Labeling
15262 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15265 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15269 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15275 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15279 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15283 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15289 \begin_layout Labeling
15290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15293 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15297 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15303 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15307 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15311 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15315 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15321 \begin_layout Labeling
15322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15325 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15329 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15335 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15339 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15343 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15347 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15353 \begin_layout Labeling
15354 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15357 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15361 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15367 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15371 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15375 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15379 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15385 \begin_layout Labeling
15386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15389 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15393 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15399 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15403 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15407 \begin_inset Quotes als
15411 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15417 \begin_layout Standard
15418 These settings affect what character the
15425 \begin_layout Subsection
15427 \begin_inset Index idx
15430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15431 Typography ! Ligatures
15437 \begin_inset Index idx
15440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15471 name "sub:Ligatures"
15478 \begin_layout Standard
15479 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15480 print them as single characters.
15481 These groups are known as
15486 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15488 Here are the standard ligatures:
15491 \begin_layout Itemize
15495 \begin_layout Itemize
15499 \begin_layout Itemize
15503 \begin_layout Itemize
15507 \begin_layout Itemize
15511 \begin_layout Standard
15512 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15515 \begin_layout Standard
15516 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15517 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15525 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15541 To break a ligature, use
15543 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15544 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15546 \begin_inset space ~
15553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15564 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15581 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15589 \begin_layout Subsection
15591 \begin_inset Index idx
15594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15603 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15610 \begin_layout Standard
15611 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15612 characters in different sizes and heights.
15613 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15614 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15634 \begin_inset Note Note
15637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15638 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15646 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15647 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15652 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15656 \begin_layout Description
15657 LyX The name of the game, write
15658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15679 \begin_layout Description
15680 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15702 \begin_layout Description
15703 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15725 \begin_layout Description
15726 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15748 \begin_layout Standard
15749 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15754 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15762 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15763 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15764 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15767 : The actual version is
15768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15775 , the previous one was
15776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15786 \begin_layout Standard
15787 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15788 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15792 \begin_inset space \space{}
15795 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15797 This will look in LyX like:
15798 \begin_inset Graphics
15799 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15805 \begin_inset Newline newline
15808 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15809 \begin_inset space ~
15813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15815 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15822 \begin_layout Subsection
15824 \begin_inset Index idx
15827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15836 \begin_layout Standard
15837 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15838 space between two words.
15839 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15849 for units use the menu
15851 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15852 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15854 \begin_inset space ~
15862 arg "space-insert thin"
15868 \begin_layout Standard
15869 Here's an example to show the differences:
15872 \begin_layout Standard
15873 \begin_inset Tabular
15874 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15875 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15876 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15877 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15884 \begin_inset space ~
15888 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15900 space between number and unit
15907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15912 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15916 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15928 half space between number and unit
15941 \begin_layout Subsection
15943 \begin_inset Index idx
15946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15947 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15955 \begin_layout Standard
15956 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15958 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15959 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15960 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15961 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15962 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15963 These bits of text became known as
15974 \begin_layout Standard
15975 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15976 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15977 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15978 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15979 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15980 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15981 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15984 \begin_layout Standard
15985 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15986 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15987 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15988 \begin_inset space ~
15992 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15994 key "latexcompanion"
15999 \begin_inset space ~
16003 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16009 ] may have more information.
16010 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16013 \begin_layout Chapter
16014 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16015 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16017 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16024 \begin_layout Standard
16025 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16030 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16033 \begin_layout Section
16035 \begin_inset Index idx
16038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16054 \begin_layout Standard
16055 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16058 \begin_layout Description
16060 \begin_inset space ~
16063 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16064 \begin_inset Newline newline
16068 \begin_inset Note Note
16071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16072 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16080 \begin_layout Description
16081 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16082 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16084 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16085 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16086 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16089 \begin_inset Newline newline
16093 \begin_inset Note Comment
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16097 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16105 \begin_layout Description
16107 \begin_inset space ~
16110 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16111 \begin_inset Newline newline
16115 \begin_inset Newline newline
16119 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16128 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16129 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16130 How this can be done is explained in the
16139 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16145 \begin_inset Newline newline
16149 \begin_inset Newline newline
16152 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16153 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16156 \begin_layout Standard
16157 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16169 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16172 \begin_layout Section
16174 \begin_inset Index idx
16177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16186 name "sec:Footnotes"
16193 \begin_layout Standard
16194 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16200 or the toolbar button
16203 arg "footnote-insert"
16215 \begin_inset Graphics
16216 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16225 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16254 label, the box will
16258 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16259 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16272 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16288 \begin_layout Standard
16289 Here's an example footnote:
16297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16298 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16306 \begin_layout Standard
16307 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16308 position where the footnote box is placed.
16309 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16310 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16311 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16312 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16313 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16318 ey are described in the
16325 \begin_layout Section
16327 \begin_inset Index idx
16330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16339 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16346 \begin_layout Standard
16347 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16348 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16352 \begin_inset space ~
16357 or the toolbar button
16360 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16386 appearing within your text.
16387 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16396 \begin_layout Standard
16397 At the side is an example marginal note.
16401 \begin_inset Marginal
16404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16405 This is a marginal note.
16413 \begin_layout Standard
16414 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16415 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16416 pages, right on odd pages.
16419 \begin_layout Section
16420 Graphics and Images
16421 \begin_inset Index idx
16424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16431 \begin_inset Index idx
16434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16443 name "sec:Graphics"
16450 \begin_layout Standard
16451 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16452 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16455 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16460 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16464 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16467 \begin_layout Standard
16468 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16473 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16474 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16476 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16477 \begin_inset space ~
16481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16483 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16490 \begin_layout Standard
16495 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16496 of the image in the output.
16497 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16501 \begin_inset space ~
16505 \begin_inset space ~
16514 \begin_inset space ~
16518 \begin_inset space ~
16522 \begin_inset space ~
16527 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16528 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16536 \begin_layout Standard
16539 LaTeX and LyX options
16541 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16542 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16546 \begin_inset space ~
16551 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16552 with the image size is printed.
16556 \begin_inset space ~
16560 \begin_inset space ~
16564 \begin_inset space ~
16569 is explained in the
16580 \begin_layout Standard
16581 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16582 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16584 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16588 \begin_layout Standard
16590 \begin_inset Graphics
16591 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16599 \begin_layout Standard
16600 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16601 the image into a float, see section
16602 \begin_inset space ~
16606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16608 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16615 \begin_layout Subsection
16617 \begin_inset Index idx
16620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16629 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16636 \begin_layout Standard
16637 You can insert images in any known file format.
16638 But as we explained in section
16639 \begin_inset space ~
16643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16645 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16649 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16650 LyX uses therefore the program
16654 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16655 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16656 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16657 \begin_inset space ~
16661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16663 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16670 \begin_layout Standard
16671 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16674 \begin_layout Description
16676 \begin_inset space ~
16679 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16680 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16681 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16685 Graphics Interchange Format
16686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16689 (GIF, file extension
16690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16702 \begin_inset Index idx
16705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16737 Portable Network Graphics
16738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16741 (PNG, file extension
16742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16754 \begin_inset Index idx
16757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16789 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16793 (JPG, file extension
16794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16818 \begin_inset Index idx
16821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16852 \begin_layout Description
16854 \begin_inset space ~
16857 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16859 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16860 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16861 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16862 \begin_inset Newline newline
16865 Scalable image formats can be
16866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16869 Scalable Vector Graphics
16870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16873 (SVG, file extension
16874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16886 \begin_inset Index idx
16889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16921 Encapsulated PostScript
16922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16925 (EPS, file extension
16926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16938 \begin_inset Index idx
16941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16973 Portable Document Format
16974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16977 (PDF, file extension
16978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16990 \begin_inset Index idx
16993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17000 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17001 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17002 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17016 \begin_layout Standard
17017 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17021 \begin_layout Subsection
17022 Grouping of Image Settings
17023 \begin_inset Index idx
17026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17027 Images ! Settings grouping
17035 \begin_layout Standard
17036 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17038 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17039 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17041 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17042 need to manually change each of them.
17046 \begin_layout Standard
17047 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17050 \begin_inset space ~
17055 field in the Graphics dialog.
17056 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17057 by checking the name of the desired group.
17060 \begin_layout Section
17062 \begin_inset Index idx
17065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17081 \begin_layout Standard
17082 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17085 arg "tabular-insert"
17090 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17094 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17095 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17096 from the rest of the table.
17097 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17098 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17100 Here's an example table:
17103 \begin_layout Standard
17105 \begin_inset Tabular
17106 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17107 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17108 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17109 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17110 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17111 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17311 \begin_layout Subsection
17315 \begin_layout Standard
17316 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17317 brings up the table dialog.
17318 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17319 where the cursor is placed currently.
17320 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17321 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17322 done on all of your selection.
17325 \begin_layout Standard
17326 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17329 \begin_inset space ~
17334 helps you in setting table properties.
17335 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17338 \begin_layout Standard
17342 \begin_inset space ~
17347 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17348 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17349 current cell respectively.
17350 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17352 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17353 of text, see section
17354 \begin_inset space ~
17358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17360 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17367 \begin_layout Standard
17368 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17369 using the check box
17378 This will merge the cells to
17382 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17383 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17384 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17385 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17386 in the last row without the upper border:
17389 \begin_layout Standard
17391 \begin_inset Tabular
17392 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17393 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17394 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17395 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17408 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17493 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17528 \begin_layout Standard
17529 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17530 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17531 explained in the tables section of the
17534 \begin_inset space ~
17540 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17544 degrees counterclockwise.
17545 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17548 \begin_layout Standard
17549 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17557 Most DVI-viewers are
17561 able to display rotations.
17569 \begin_layout Standard
17574 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17579 adds lines for all cell borders.
17582 \begin_layout Subsection
17584 \begin_inset Index idx
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17588 Tables ! Longtables
17594 \begin_inset Index idx
17597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 \begin_layout Standard
17607 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17610 \begin_inset space ~
17614 \begin_inset space ~
17623 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17624 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17627 \begin_layout Description
17632 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17633 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17634 except for the first page, if
17637 \begin_inset space ~
17645 \begin_layout Description
17649 \begin_inset space ~
17654 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17655 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17658 \begin_layout Description
17663 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17664 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17665 except for the last page, if
17668 \begin_inset space ~
17676 \begin_layout Description
17680 \begin_inset space ~
17685 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17686 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17689 \begin_layout Description
17690 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17691 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17693 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17697 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17700 \begin_inset space ~
17708 \begin_layout Standard
17709 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17710 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17711 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17712 The others will then be defined as
17717 In this context, first means first in this order:
17720 \begin_inset space ~
17732 \begin_inset space ~
17738 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17741 \begin_layout Standard
17743 \begin_inset Tabular
17744 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17745 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17746 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17747 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17748 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17749 <row endfirsthead="true">
17750 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17756 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17761 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 <row endfirsthead="true">
17781 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17792 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <row endhead="true">
17814 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <row endhead="true">
17845 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17865 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17877 <row endfoot="true">
17878 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17889 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17929 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18870 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18879 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18899 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18930 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18961 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18992 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19023 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19054 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19085 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19116 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19147 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19178 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19209 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19240 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19271 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19302 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19333 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19364 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19395 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19426 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19457 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19488 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19519 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19550 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19581 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19612 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19643 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19674 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19705 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19736 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19767 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19859 <row endlastfoot="true">
19860 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19871 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19880 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19897 \begin_layout Subsection
19899 \begin_inset Index idx
19902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19911 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19918 \begin_layout Standard
19919 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19920 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19921 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19922 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19926 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19927 for the cell's paragraph.
19930 \begin_layout Standard
19931 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19932 for the column in the table dialog.
19933 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19934 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19938 \begin_layout Standard
19940 \begin_inset Tabular
19941 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19942 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19944 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19965 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20034 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20090 This is longer now.
20095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20146 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20147 This is longer now.
20152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20178 \begin_layout Standard
20179 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20180 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20185 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20186 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20192 Selection with the mouse or with
20196 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20197 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20198 the selection from outside the table.
20201 \begin_layout Section
20203 \begin_inset Index idx
20206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20213 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20222 \begin_layout Standard
20223 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20224 have a fixed location.
20226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20233 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20241 \begin_inset space ~
20246 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20247 too many notes on the page.
20250 \begin_layout Standard
20251 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20252 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20253 and pages without text.
20254 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20255 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20256 Floats are therefore numbered.
20257 Referencing is described in section
20258 \begin_inset space ~
20262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20264 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20271 \begin_layout Standard
20272 To insert a float, use the menu
20274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20278 A box with a caption that has e.
20279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20283 \begin_inset space \space{}
20287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20291 \begin_inset space ~
20295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20298 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20299 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20301 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20302 \begin_inset Index idx
20305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20311 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20312 paragraph within the float.
20313 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20314 by left-clicking on the box label.
20315 A closed float box looks like this:
20316 \begin_inset Graphics
20317 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20322 – a gray button with a red label.
20325 \begin_layout Standard
20326 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20327 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20330 \begin_layout Subsection
20334 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20336 \begin_inset Index idx
20339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 Floats ! Figure floats
20346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20348 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20355 \begin_layout Standard
20358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20359 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20362 inserts a float with the label
20363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20369 \begin_inset space ~
20375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20379 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20380 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20381 This is what we did for Figure
20382 \begin_inset space ~
20386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20388 reference "cap:Platypus"
20393 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20394 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20395 This was done in Figure
20396 \begin_inset space ~
20400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20402 reference "cap:Escher"
20409 \begin_layout Standard
20410 \begin_inset Float figure
20415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20417 \begin_inset Graphics
20418 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20427 \begin_inset Caption
20429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20432 name "cap:Platypus"
20436 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20449 \begin_layout Standard
20450 \begin_inset Float figure
20455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20456 \begin_inset Caption
20458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20476 \begin_inset Graphics
20477 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20490 \begin_layout Standard
20491 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20493 As described in section
20494 \begin_inset space ~
20498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20500 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20504 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20506 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20509 and refer to it using the menu
20511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20515 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20524 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20536 \begin_layout Standard
20537 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20538 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20539 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20540 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20542 \begin_inset space ~
20546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20548 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20552 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20553 You can also set the images one below the other.
20555 \begin_inset space ~
20559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20561 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20568 reference "fig:Platypus"
20572 are the subfigures.
20575 \begin_layout Standard
20576 \begin_inset Float figure
20581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20582 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20586 \begin_inset Float figure
20591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20592 \begin_inset Caption
20594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20597 name "fig:Undefinable"
20609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20610 \begin_inset Graphics
20611 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20622 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20626 \begin_inset Float figure
20631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20632 \begin_inset Caption
20634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20635 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20637 name "fig:Platypus"
20649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20650 \begin_inset Graphics
20651 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20663 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20670 \begin_inset Caption
20672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20675 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20679 Two distorted images.
20692 \begin_layout Standard
20693 Note that the caption is added to the
20696 \begin_inset space ~
20700 \begin_inset space ~
20705 as described in section
20706 \begin_inset space ~
20710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20712 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20719 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20721 \begin_inset Index idx
20724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20725 Floats ! Table floats
20733 \begin_layout Standard
20734 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20737 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20741 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20744 \begin_inset space ~
20748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20750 reference "cap:Table-float"
20754 is an example of a table float.
20757 \begin_layout Standard
20758 \begin_inset Float table
20763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20764 \begin_inset Caption
20766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20769 name "cap:Table-float"
20781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20783 \begin_inset Tabular
20784 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20785 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20786 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20787 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20788 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20915 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20936 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20939 \end{array}\right]$
20947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20960 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20981 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20983 \begin_inset Index idx
20986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20987 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20995 \begin_layout Standard
20996 This float type is inserted with the menu
20998 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20999 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21003 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21004 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21008 , described in section
21009 \begin_inset space ~
21013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21015 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21022 \begin_layout Standard
21023 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21031 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21037 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21040 \begin_layout Standard
21045 floatname{algorithm}{your
21046 \begin_inset space ~
21052 \begin_layout Standard
21053 to the document preamble (menu
21055 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21062 \begin_inset space ~
21068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21084 \begin_inset Index idx
21087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21088 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21096 \begin_layout Standard
21097 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21105 \begin_inset Graphics
21106 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21115 \begin_inset Caption
21117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21120 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21124 This is a wrapped figure.
21125 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21138 This float type is used if you want to
21139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21146 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21148 It can be inserted using the menu
21150 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21151 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21153 \begin_inset space ~
21158 if the LaTeX-package
21163 \begin_inset Index idx
21166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21167 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21177 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21180 \begin_inset space ~
21190 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21193 \begin_inset space ~
21197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21199 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21203 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21212 Available units are explained in Appendix
21213 \begin_inset space ~
21217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21219 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21228 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21232 \begin_layout Standard
21233 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21241 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21246 \begin_inset space \space{}
21249 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21250 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21259 \begin_layout Itemize
21260 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21261 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21262 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21263 page breaks will appear.
21266 \begin_layout Itemize
21267 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21268 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21271 \begin_layout Itemize
21272 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21273 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21276 \begin_layout Itemize
21277 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21280 \begin_layout Subsection
21282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21284 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21289 \begin_inset Index idx
21292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21301 \begin_layout Standard
21302 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21303 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21307 \begin_inset space ~
21315 \begin_layout Standard
21316 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21317 have a multicolumn document).
21318 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21321 \begin_inset space ~
21327 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21328 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21335 \begin_layout Standard
21336 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21337 format is also the same: Table
21338 \begin_inset space ~
21342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21344 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21348 is an example of a rotated table float.
21351 \begin_layout Standard
21352 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21360 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21368 \begin_layout Standard
21369 \begin_inset Float table
21374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21375 \begin_inset Caption
21377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21380 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21394 \begin_inset Tabular
21395 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21396 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21400 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21401 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21461 \begin_layout Subsection
21463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21465 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21470 \begin_inset Index idx
21473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21482 \begin_layout Standard
21483 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21484 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21485 \begin_inset Newline newline
21491 \begin_inset space ~
21496 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21497 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21498 \begin_inset Newline newline
21504 \begin_inset space ~
21509 is used to rotate floats, see section
21510 \begin_inset space ~
21514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21516 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21523 \begin_layout Standard
21524 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21525 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21528 \begin_inset space ~
21532 \begin_inset space ~
21540 \begin_layout Description
21542 \begin_inset space ~
21546 \begin_inset space ~
21549 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21552 \begin_layout Description
21554 \begin_inset space ~
21558 \begin_inset space ~
21561 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21564 \begin_layout Description
21566 \begin_inset space ~
21570 \begin_inset space ~
21573 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21576 \begin_layout Description
21578 \begin_inset space ~
21582 \begin_inset space ~
21585 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21588 \begin_layout Standard
21589 The order of the above option is
21594 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21598 \begin_inset space ~
21602 \begin_inset space ~
21610 \begin_inset space ~
21614 \begin_inset space ~
21619 , and then the others.
21620 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21622 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21623 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21626 \begin_layout Standard
21627 By default, each option has its own rules:
21630 \begin_layout Standard
21634 \begin_inset space ~
21638 \begin_inset space ~
21643 only floats occupying less than 70
21644 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21647 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21650 \begin_layout Standard
21654 \begin_inset space ~
21658 \begin_inset space ~
21663 : only floats occupying less than 30
21664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21667 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21670 \begin_layout Standard
21674 \begin_inset space ~
21678 \begin_inset space ~
21683 : only if more than 50
21684 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21687 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21691 \begin_layout Standard
21692 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21696 \begin_inset space ~
21700 \begin_inset space ~
21708 \begin_layout Standard
21709 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21710 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21711 For this case you can use the option
21714 \begin_inset space ~
21720 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21722 Because the float is then no longer able to
21723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21730 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21733 \begin_layout Standard
21734 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21735 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21738 \begin_layout Standard
21739 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21741 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21743 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21750 \begin_layout Section
21752 \begin_inset Index idx
21755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21764 name "sec:Minipages"
21771 \begin_layout Standard
21772 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21774 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21775 \begin_inset space ~
21782 \begin_layout Standard
21783 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21789 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21790 and its alignment within the page.
21793 \begin_layout Standard
21795 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21805 height_special "totalheight"
21808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21811 This is a minipage.
21812 The text is set in an italic style.
21815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21818 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21819 another formatting.
21827 \begin_layout Standard
21828 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21831 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21835 as described in section
21836 \begin_inset space ~
21840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21842 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21847 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21853 \begin_layout Standard
21854 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21864 height_special "totalheight"
21867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21868 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21869 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21875 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21879 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21889 height_special "totalheight"
21892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21893 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21894 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21902 \begin_layout Standard
21903 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21909 \begin_layout Standard
21910 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21911 to other box types.
21912 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21923 \begin_layout Chapter
21924 Mathematical Formulas
21925 \begin_inset Index idx
21928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21935 \begin_inset Index idx
21938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21969 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21976 \begin_layout Standard
21977 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21982 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21985 \begin_layout Section
21987 \begin_inset Index idx
21990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21999 \begin_layout Standard
22000 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22007 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22009 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22010 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22011 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22019 \begin_layout Standard
22020 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22024 \begin_inset space ~
22029 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22032 \begin_layout Standard
22033 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22034 line, like this one:
22037 \begin_layout Standard
22038 This is a line with an inline formula
22039 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22045 \begin_layout Standard
22046 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22048 \begin_inset Formula
22055 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22058 \begin_layout Standard
22059 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22061 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22065 \begin_inset space \space{}
22069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22082 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22083 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22087 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22090 \begin_inset space ~
22098 \begin_layout Subsection
22099 Navigating in Formulas
22100 \begin_inset Index idx
22103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22112 \begin_layout Standard
22113 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22114 achieved with the arrow keys.
22115 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22116 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22121 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22122 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22126 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22130 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22133 \end{array}\right]$
22141 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22146 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22147 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22150 \begin_layout Standard
22155 , printed in this document as
22156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22177 \begin_inset Note Note
22180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22181 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22182 space character (visible space).
22187 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22188 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22189 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22194 For example, if you want
22195 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22249 , since in the latter case only the
22252 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22257 will be under the square root sign:
22258 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22264 \begin_layout Standard
22265 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22267 \begin_inset Formula
22269 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22278 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22279 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22282 \begin_layout Subsection
22286 \begin_layout Standard
22287 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22288 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22292 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22293 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22294 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22295 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22296 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22299 \begin_layout Subsection
22300 Exponents and Subscripts
22301 \begin_inset Index idx
22304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22311 \begin_inset Index idx
22314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22323 \begin_layout Standard
22324 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22325 way is to use a command.
22327 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22330 , type in a formula
22336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22352 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22358 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22362 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22383 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22392 , you have to use an extra
22396 to separate the hat and the character.
22398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22402 \begin_inset space \space{}
22406 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22427 Subscripts are similar: To get
22428 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22451 \begin_layout Subsection
22453 \begin_inset Index idx
22456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22465 \begin_layout Standard
22466 Create a fraction with either the command
22473 \begin_inset Graphics
22474 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22482 \begin_inset space ~
22488 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22489 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22490 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22495 To move back up, press
22500 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22501 \begin_inset Formula
22503 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22506 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22514 \begin_layout Subsection
22516 \begin_inset Index idx
22519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22528 \begin_layout Standard
22529 Roots can be created using the
22532 \begin_inset space ~
22538 \begin_inset Graphics
22539 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22541 groupId toolbarbuttons
22564 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22570 produces always a square root.
22573 \begin_layout Subsection
22574 Operators with Limits
22575 \begin_inset Index idx
22578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22585 \begin_inset Index idx
22588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22597 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22604 \begin_layout Standard
22606 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22610 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22613 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22614 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22615 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22616 The sum operator will automatically place its
22617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22624 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22627 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22631 \begin_inset Formula
22633 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22638 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22642 \begin_layout Standard
22643 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22645 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22646 behind the operator and hitting
22654 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22655 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22657 \begin_inset space ~
22661 \begin_inset space ~
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22670 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22678 feature as addition, such as
22679 \begin_inset Index idx
22682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22689 \begin_inset Formula
22691 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22696 which will place the
22697 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22709 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22710 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22716 \begin_layout Standard
22717 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22724 Have a look at section
22725 \begin_inset space ~
22729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22731 reference "sub:Functions"
22735 for an explanation of function macros.
22738 \begin_layout Subsection
22740 \begin_inset Index idx
22743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22752 \begin_layout Standard
22753 Most math symbols can be found in the
22756 \begin_inset space ~
22761 under one of several categories; including
22778 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22782 \begin_layout Standard
22783 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22784 you don't have to use the
22787 \begin_inset space ~
22792 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22793 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22796 \begin_layout Subsection
22798 \begin_inset Index idx
22801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22810 \begin_layout Standard
22811 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22816 arg "space-insert protected"
22822 \begin_inset space ~
22828 \begin_inset Graphics
22829 filename ../images/math/space.png
22831 groupId toolbarbuttons
22836 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22837 For example, the sequence
22842 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22846 \begin_inset Graphics
22847 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22852 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22853 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22854 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22855 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22857 Here are two examples:
22860 \begin_layout Standard
22870 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22876 \begin_layout Standard
22886 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22892 \begin_layout Subsection
22894 \begin_inset Index idx
22897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22904 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22906 name "sub:Functions"
22913 \begin_layout Standard
22917 \begin_inset space ~
22922 contains under the button
22923 \begin_inset Graphics
22924 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22926 groupId toolbarbuttons
22930 a number of function macros, such as
22931 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22935 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22943 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22950 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22951 avoid confusions, because
22952 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22956 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22962 \begin_layout Standard
22963 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22965 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22969 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22975 \begin_layout Standard
22976 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22977 s are placed, as described in section
22978 \begin_inset space ~
22982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22984 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22991 \begin_layout Subsection
22993 \begin_inset Index idx
22996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23005 \begin_layout Standard
23006 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23008 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23009 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23014 \begin_inset space \space{}
23018 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23021 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23022 Our example is entered by typing
23030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23043 \begin_inset space ~
23047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23049 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23053 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23056 \begin_layout Standard
23057 \begin_inset Float table
23062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23063 \begin_inset Caption
23065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23068 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23072 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23082 \begin_inset Tabular
23083 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23084 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23085 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23086 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23087 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23171 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23225 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23279 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23333 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23387 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23441 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23495 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23549 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23603 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23648 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23669 \begin_layout Standard
23670 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23673 \begin_inset space ~
23679 \begin_inset Graphics
23680 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23682 groupId toolbarbuttons
23686 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23690 \begin_layout Section
23691 Brackets and Delimiters
23692 \begin_inset Index idx
23695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23702 \begin_inset Index idx
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23714 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23721 \begin_layout Standard
23722 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23723 For most purposes, using just the keys
23728 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23729 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23730 toolbar delimiter icon
23733 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23737 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23739 \begin_inset Formula
23741 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23749 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23750 \begin_inset Formula
23752 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23760 \begin_layout Standard
23761 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23762 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23765 \begin_layout Standard
23766 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23767 left side and right side.
23768 If you use the option
23771 \begin_inset space ~
23776 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23777 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23778 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23779 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23782 \begin_layout Standard
23783 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23784 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23785 inside the brackets.
23786 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23791 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23794 \begin_layout Section
23795 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23796 \begin_inset Index idx
23799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23806 \begin_inset Index idx
23809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23816 \begin_inset Index idx
23819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23820 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23828 \begin_layout Standard
23829 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23832 \begin_inset space ~
23838 \begin_inset Graphics
23839 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23841 groupId toolbarbuttons
23846 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23847 Here is an example:
23848 \begin_inset Formula
23850 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23859 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23860 \begin_inset space ~
23864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23866 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23871 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23872 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23873 This alignment is set in the box
23878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23926 for every column as default.
23927 For example, the sequence
23928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23939 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23940 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23941 corresponds to the relevant column.
23942 The result will look like this:
23943 \begin_inset Formula
23946 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23947 column & has & has\, right\\
23948 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23957 \begin_layout Standard
23958 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23961 arg "newline-insert newline"
23964 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23965 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23967 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23970 or the math toolbar.
23973 \begin_layout Standard
23974 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23975 It can be created with the menu
23977 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23978 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23980 \begin_inset space ~
23992 Here is an example:
23993 \begin_inset Formula
24007 \begin_layout Standard
24008 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24011 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24014 arg "newline-insert newline"
24018 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24023 arg "newline-insert newline"
24026 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24034 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24035 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24036 A new row is created by every further hit of
24039 arg "newline-insert newline"
24043 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24044 Here is an example:
24045 \begin_inset Formula
24047 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24048 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24053 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24054 where you want to start the shift and hit
24059 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24060 position to the next column.
24061 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24062 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24063 \begin_inset Formula
24065 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24073 \begin_layout Standard
24074 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24081 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24082 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24085 reference "eq:asquared"
24090 The other types are described in section
24091 \begin_inset space ~
24095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24097 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24104 \begin_layout Section
24105 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24106 \begin_inset Index idx
24109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24110 Math ! Formula numbering
24116 \begin_inset Index idx
24119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24120 Math ! Referencing formulas
24126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24128 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24135 \begin_layout Standard
24136 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24138 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24139 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24141 \begin_inset space ~
24149 arg "math-number-toggle"
24153 The formula number appears in LyX as
24154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24161 within parentheses.
24163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24170 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24172 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24173 the document class.
24174 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24175 separated by a dot:
24176 \begin_inset Formula
24186 arg "math-number-toggle"
24189 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24190 You can only number displayed formulas.
24193 \begin_layout Standard
24194 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24196 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24197 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24199 \begin_inset space ~
24203 \begin_inset space ~
24207 \begin_inset space ~
24215 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24218 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24219 \begin_inset Formula
24222 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24228 To number all lines use the shortcut
24231 arg "math-number-toggle"
24237 \begin_layout Standard
24238 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24241 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24242 A label is inserted with the menu
24244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24247 when the cursor is in the formula.
24248 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24249 It is recommended to use the proposed
24250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24261 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24262 type when you have many labels in your document.
24263 We inserted in the following example the label
24264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24271 in the second line:
24272 \begin_inset Formula
24274 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24275 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24280 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24281 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24291 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24295 \begin_inset space ~
24301 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24302 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24303 as the formula number:
24306 \begin_layout Standard
24307 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24310 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24317 \begin_layout Standard
24318 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24319 \begin_inset space ~
24323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24325 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24330 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24333 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24336 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24341 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24349 \begin_layout Section
24350 User defined math macros
24351 \begin_inset Index idx
24354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24363 \begin_layout Standard
24364 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24365 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24366 Math macros are explained in section
24369 \begin_inset space ~
24381 \begin_layout Section
24385 \begin_layout Subsection
24387 \begin_inset Index idx
24390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24399 \begin_layout Standard
24400 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24401 To set a font in a formula, use the
24404 \begin_inset space ~
24410 \begin_inset Graphics
24411 filename ../images/math/font.png
24413 groupId toolbarbuttons
24417 , or enter its command, listed in table
24418 \begin_inset space ~
24422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24424 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24431 \begin_layout Standard
24432 \begin_inset Float table
24437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24438 \begin_inset Caption
24440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24443 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24447 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24457 \begin_inset Tabular
24458 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24459 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24460 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24461 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24493 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24520 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24547 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24580 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24607 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24634 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24668 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24695 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24729 \begin_layout Standard
24730 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24738 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24754 \begin_layout Standard
24755 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24756 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24761 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24762 space when you need a space in the box.
24763 Here an example where
24764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24775 denotes the set of numbers:
24776 \begin_inset Formula
24778 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24786 \begin_layout Standard
24787 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24793 \begin_inset space \space{}
24805 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24809 \begin_inset Newline newline
24812 So it is better not to use this feature.
24815 \begin_layout Standard
24816 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24817 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24821 \begin_inset Newline newline
24824 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24830 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24831 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24837 \begin_layout Standard
24844 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24847 \begin_layout Standard
24848 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24850 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24851 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24853 \begin_inset space ~
24861 \begin_layout Subsection
24863 \begin_inset Index idx
24866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24875 \begin_layout Standard
24876 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24878 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24882 \begin_inset space ~
24886 \begin_inset space ~
24894 \begin_inset space ~
24900 \begin_inset Graphics
24901 filename ../images/math/font.png
24903 groupId toolbarbuttons
24914 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24915 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24916 Here is an example:
24917 \begin_inset Formula
24920 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24921 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24930 \begin_layout Subsection
24932 \begin_inset Index idx
24935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24944 \begin_layout Standard
24945 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24946 automatically chosen in most situations.
24964 For most characters,
24972 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24973 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24978 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24979 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24981 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24982 \begin_inset Graphics
24983 filename ../images/math/style.png
24985 groupId toolbarbuttons
24990 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24991 For example, you can set
24992 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24995 , which is normally in
25004 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25008 The four styles are used in the following example:
25011 \begin_layout Standard
25012 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25016 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25020 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25024 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25030 \begin_layout Standard
25031 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25032 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25034 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25036 \begin_inset space ~
25041 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25042 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25043 will be adjusted to correspond.
25044 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25055 \begin_layout Standard
25059 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25065 \begin_layout Section
25069 \begin_layout Standard
25070 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25071 the document classes and into layout modules.
25072 \begin_inset Index idx
25075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25081 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25082 other than the AMS classes.
25084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25086 reference "sub:Modules"
25090 for more on layout modules.
25093 \begin_layout Section
25095 \begin_inset Index idx
25098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25105 \begin_inset Index idx
25108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25118 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25119 (AMS) that are in common use.
25122 \begin_layout Subsection
25123 Enabling AMS-Support
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25127 Selecting the checkbox
25130 \begin_inset space ~
25134 \begin_inset space ~
25138 \begin_inset space ~
25145 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25149 \begin_inset Index idx
25152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25153 Document ! Settings
25161 \begin_inset space ~
25166 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25168 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25169 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25172 \begin_layout Subsection
25174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25176 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25181 \begin_inset Index idx
25184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25185 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25193 \begin_layout Standard
25194 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25195 LyX allows you to choose between
25216 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25219 \begin_layout Chapter
25223 \begin_layout Section
25225 \begin_inset Index idx
25228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25237 name "sec:Cross-References"
25244 \begin_layout Standard
25245 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25246 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25248 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25249 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25250 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25253 \begin_layout Enumerate
25257 \begin_layout Enumerate
25258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25260 name "enu:Second-item"
25267 \begin_layout Enumerate
25271 \begin_layout Standard
25272 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25277 or by pressing the toolbar button
25284 A grey label box like this:
25285 \begin_inset Graphics
25286 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25291 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25292 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25327 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25332 \begin_inset space \space{}
25335 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25350 \begin_layout Standard
25351 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25353 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25356 or the toolbar button
25359 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25363 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25364 \begin_inset Graphics
25365 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25370 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25372 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25385 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25389 \begin_layout Standard
25392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25395 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25400 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25401 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25403 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25409 \begin_layout Standard
25410 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25411 \begin_inset space ~
25415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25417 reference "enu:Second-item"
25424 \begin_layout Standard
25425 It is recommended to use a protected space
25429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25430 described in section
25431 \begin_inset space ~
25435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25437 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25446 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25450 \begin_layout Standard
25451 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25454 \begin_layout Description
25455 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25458 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25465 \begin_layout Description
25466 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25467 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25479 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25486 \begin_layout Description
25487 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25488 \begin_inset space ~
25492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25493 LatexCommand pageref
25494 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25501 \begin_layout Description
25503 \begin_inset space ~
25507 \begin_inset space ~
25510 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25512 LatexCommand vpageref
25513 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25520 \begin_layout Description
25522 \begin_inset space ~
25526 \begin_inset space ~
25530 \begin_inset space ~
25533 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25536 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25543 \begin_layout Description
25545 \begin_inset space ~
25548 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25549 \begin_inset Newline newline
25553 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25561 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25570 \begin_inset Index idx
25573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25574 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25580 \begin_inset Index idx
25583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25584 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25597 \begin_layout Description
25599 \begin_inset space ~
25602 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25604 LatexCommand nameref
25605 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25612 \begin_layout Standard
25617 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25624 \begin_inset space \space{}
25628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25642 <reference> on page <page>
25644 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25647 \begin_layout Standard
25648 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25649 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25650 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25654 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25658 \begin_layout Standard
25659 You can only use the style
25663 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25667 is always possible.
25670 \begin_layout Standard
25671 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25672 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25674 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25675 \begin_inset space ~
25679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25681 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25688 \begin_layout Standard
25689 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25693 \begin_inset space ~
25697 \begin_inset space ~
25702 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25703 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25706 \begin_inset space ~
25711 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25712 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25715 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25721 \begin_layout Standard
25722 You can change labels at any time.
25723 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25724 do not need to take care about this.
25727 \begin_layout Standard
25728 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25729 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25732 \begin_layout Standard
25733 References are described in detail in sec.
25734 \begin_inset space ~
25738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25752 \begin_layout Section
25753 Table of Contents and other Listings
25754 \begin_inset Index idx
25757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25764 \begin_inset Index idx
25767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25783 \begin_layout Subsection
25785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25787 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25794 \begin_layout Standard
25795 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25797 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25798 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25800 \begin_inset space ~
25804 \begin_inset space ~
25810 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25811 If you click on it, the
25815 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25816 sections in your documents.
25817 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25819 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25822 that is described in sec.
25823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25829 reference "sec:Navigating"
25836 \begin_layout Standard
25837 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25838 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25840 \begin_inset space ~
25844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25846 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25850 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25852 \begin_inset space ~
25856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25858 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25862 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25864 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25867 \begin_layout Subsection
25868 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25871 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25878 \begin_layout Standard
25879 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25880 You can insert them via the
25882 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25884 \begin_inset space ~
25888 \begin_inset space ~
25894 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25897 \begin_layout Section
25898 URLs and Hyperlinks
25899 \begin_inset Index idx
25902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25909 \begin_inset Index idx
25912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25921 \begin_layout Subsection
25923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25932 \begin_layout Standard
25933 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25941 \begin_layout Standard
25942 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25943 \begin_inset Flex URL
25946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25956 \begin_layout Standard
25957 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25963 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25967 \begin_layout Standard
25968 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25976 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25984 \begin_layout Subsection
25986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25988 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25995 \begin_layout Standard
25996 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25998 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26001 or with the toolbar button
26008 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26017 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26018 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26019 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26021 name "LyX's homepage"
26022 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26026 , an Email address like this:
26027 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26029 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26030 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26035 , or a link to a file.
26038 \begin_layout Standard
26039 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26052 to the link target.
26055 \begin_layout Standard
26056 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26057 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26058 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26059 the text style dialog.
26060 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26064 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26066 name "LyX's homepage"
26067 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26075 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26079 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26081 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26082 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26086 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26088 \begin_inset Newline newline
26096 \begin_inset Newline newline
26103 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26106 \begin_layout Section
26108 \begin_inset Index idx
26111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26120 name "sec:Appendices"
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26128 Appendices are created with the menu
26130 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26132 \begin_inset space ~
26136 \begin_inset space ~
26142 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26143 as the appendix region.
26144 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26148 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26149 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26150 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26151 and the subsection number.
26152 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26158 \begin_inset space ~
26162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26164 reference "cha:Credits"
26169 \begin_inset space ~
26173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26175 reference "sub:Export"
26182 \begin_layout Section
26184 \begin_inset Index idx
26187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26196 name "sec:Bibliography"
26203 \begin_layout Standard
26204 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26205 You can include a bibliography database,
26209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26210 Known under the name
26211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26223 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26224 manually, using the paragraph environment
26228 , which was described in section
26229 \begin_inset space ~
26233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26235 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26240 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26241 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26245 use a bibliography database.
26248 \begin_layout Subsection
26249 The Bibliography Environment
26252 \begin_layout Standard
26257 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26259 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26268 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26270 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26279 , a short form of its title, as key.
26282 \begin_layout Standard
26283 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26288 or the toolbar button
26291 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26295 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26296 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26297 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26298 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26302 \begin_layout Standard
26303 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26304 entry with surrounding brackets.
26309 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26310 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26322 \begin_layout Standard
26325 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26328 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26330 key "latexcompanion"
26337 \begin_layout Standard
26338 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26339 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26348 \begin_layout Subsection
26349 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26350 \begin_inset Index idx
26353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26354 Bibliography ! Databases
26360 \begin_inset Index idx
26363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26364 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26372 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26379 \begin_layout Standard
26380 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26386 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26388 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26389 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26394 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26396 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26397 your working field in a database.
26398 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26399 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26401 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26405 \begin_layout Standard
26406 The database is a text file with the file extension
26407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26418 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26419 The format is explained in
26420 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26426 and in LaTeX books (
26427 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26429 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26434 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26435 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26436 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26437 \begin_inset Flex URL
26440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26442 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26450 \begin_layout Standard
26451 To use a database, use the menu
26453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26458 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26471 \begin_inset space ~
26477 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26478 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26481 Add bibliography to TOC
26483 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26488 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26489 in the document or just the cited references.
26492 \begin_layout Standard
26493 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26505 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26506 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26507 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26509 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26515 For information how this is done, have a look at
26516 \begin_inset Newline newline
26520 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26522 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26534 \begin_layout Standard
26535 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26538 \begin_layout Standard
26539 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26540 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26543 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26571 \begin_inset space ~
26577 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26583 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26592 \begin_layout Standard
26593 When you select the option
26595 Sectioned bibliography
26599 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26602 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26603 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26605 Customizing Bibliographies
26613 Additional Features
26618 \begin_layout Standard
26619 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26620 the two methods of creating them.
26621 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26622 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26623 We used the style file
26627 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26630 \begin_layout Subsection
26631 Bibliography layout
26632 \begin_inset Index idx
26635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26636 Bibliography ! Layout
26644 \begin_layout Standard
26645 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26646 For this feature you need to enable the option
26652 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26656 \begin_inset Index idx
26659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26660 Document ! Settings
26670 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26671 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26672 in the previous section.
26675 \begin_layout Standard
26676 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26677 in the citation reference window.
26678 Here an example where we set the text
26679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26683 \begin_inset space ~
26687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26690 to appear after the reference:
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26695 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26698 key "latexcompanion"
26705 \begin_layout Section
26707 \begin_inset Index idx
26710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26726 \begin_layout Standard
26727 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26731 \begin_inset space ~
26736 or the toolbar button
26744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26755 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26756 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26757 by LyX as the index entry.
26760 \begin_layout Standard
26761 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26762 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26764 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26766 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26773 \begin_layout Standard
26774 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26778 \begin_inset space ~
26782 \begin_inset space ~
26785 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26787 \begin_inset space ~
26793 A light blue box labeled
26794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26805 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26806 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26809 \begin_layout Subsection
26810 Grouping Index Entries
26811 \begin_inset Index idx
26814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26823 \begin_layout Standard
26824 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26826 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26827 lists under the entry
26828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26836 First we create the entry
26837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26845 \begin_inset space ~
26849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26851 reference "sub:Lists"
26856 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26857 \begin_inset space ~
26861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26863 reference "sec:Itemize"
26867 , we insert the command
26870 \begin_layout Standard
26876 \begin_layout Standard
26880 \begin_layout Standard
26886 \begin_layout Standard
26887 for the enumerated list in section
26888 \begin_inset space ~
26892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26894 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26901 \begin_layout Standard
26902 The exclamation mark
26903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26910 marks the grouping levels.
26911 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26912 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26913 If we don't have an index entry for
26914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26921 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26924 \begin_layout Subsection
26926 \begin_inset Index idx
26929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26930 Index ! Page ranges
26938 \begin_layout Standard
26939 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26941 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26942 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26944 \begin_inset space ~
26948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26950 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26957 \begin_layout Standard
26960 Paragraph environments|(
26963 \begin_layout Standard
26964 and another entry at the end of section
26965 \begin_inset space ~
26969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26971 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26981 Paragraph environments|)
26984 \begin_layout Standard
26986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27009 respectively start and end the index range.
27010 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27011 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27012 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27013 An example is the index entry
27014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27017 Document ! Settings
27018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27024 \begin_layout Subsection
27026 \begin_inset Index idx
27029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27030 Index ! Cross referencing
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27039 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27040 We referred for example in the index entry
27041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27049 \begin_inset space ~
27053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27055 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27059 ) to the index entry
27060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27067 in the same section using the entry
27070 \begin_layout Standard
27073 GIF|see{Image formats}
27076 \begin_layout Standard
27077 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27078 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27079 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27082 \begin_layout Subsection
27084 \begin_inset Index idx
27087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27088 Index ! Entry order
27096 \begin_layout Standard
27097 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27098 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27099 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27104 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27106 \begin_inset space ~
27110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27112 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27121 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27122 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27147 \begin_inset Index idx
27150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27151 Dummy entries ! maïs
27157 \begin_inset Index idx
27160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27161 Dummy entries ! maître
27167 \begin_inset Index idx
27170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27171 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27176 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27177 order maïs, maison, maître.
27178 To achieve this, we use the command
27181 \begin_layout Standard
27184 previous entry@current entry
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27188 In our case we want to have
27189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27204 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27213 \begin_layout Standard
27214 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27215 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27219 \begin_layout Standard
27220 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27227 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27232 to generate the index (see sec.
27233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27239 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27248 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27256 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27260 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27261 index commands start with
27262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27274 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27279 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27282 \begin_layout Standard
27294 \begin_layout Standard
27306 \begin_layout Subsection
27308 \begin_inset Index idx
27311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27312 Index ! Entry layout
27320 \begin_layout Standard
27321 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27322 \begin_inset Index idx
27325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27328 This is an italic dummy entry
27333 You can also format the page number using the character
27334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27341 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27342 We can write for example
27345 \begin_layout Standard
27348 italic page number:|textit
27351 \begin_layout Standard
27352 to get the page number in italic.
27353 \begin_inset Index idx
27356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27357 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27362 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27380 \begin_inset space ~
27386 Have a look at section
27387 \begin_inset space ~
27391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27393 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27397 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27400 \begin_layout Standard
27401 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27409 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27413 to generate the index, see sec.
27414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27420 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27429 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27430 This is because xindy requires you
27431 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
27434 to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27435 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27438 key "latexcompanion"
27450 \begin_layout Standard
27451 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27453 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27454 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27455 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27456 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27457 If so, put the following in the preamble
27460 \begin_layout Standard
27472 \begin_layout Standard
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27483 in the index entry.
27484 \begin_inset Index idx
27487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27488 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27493 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27494 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27495 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27498 \begin_layout Standard
27499 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27505 \begin_inset space \space{}
27508 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27509 for all index entries.
27510 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27522 documentation for details,
27523 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27525 key "makeindex,xindy"
27532 \begin_layout Subsection
27534 \begin_inset Index idx
27537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27546 name "sub:Index-Program"
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27554 If the index entry program
27558 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27562 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27571 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27572 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27573 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27574 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27575 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27585 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27586 dialog, see section
27587 \begin_inset space ~
27591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27593 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27598 The available options are listed and explained in
27599 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27601 key "makeindex,xindy"
27606 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27610 \begin_layout Standard
27611 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27612 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27615 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27616 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27617 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27621 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27622 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27625 \begin_layout Subsection
27629 \begin_layout Standard
27630 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27631 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27639 next to the standard index.
27640 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27641 packages that add this feature.
27647 \begin_inset Index idx
27650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27651 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27656 package to generate multiple indexes.
27657 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27658 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27659 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27666 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27667 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27668 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27671 \begin_layout Standard
27672 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27674 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27675 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27676 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27683 Use multiple Indexes
27684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27688 Note that the list of
27689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27696 below already contains the standard index.
27697 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27698 also appear as a heading) to the
27699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27706 input field and press the
27707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27715 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27716 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27717 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27721 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27727 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27728 indexes in the LyX work area.
27731 \begin_layout Standard
27732 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27735 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27737 \begin_inset space ~
27741 \begin_inset space ~
27750 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27751 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27752 are some additional features:
27755 \begin_layout Itemize
27756 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27757 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27760 \begin_layout Itemize
27761 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27762 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27771 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27776 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27777 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27778 to the non-subindexes.
27781 \begin_layout Section
27782 Nomenclature / Glossary
27783 \begin_inset Index idx
27786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27793 \begin_inset Index idx
27796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27827 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27834 \begin_layout Standard
27835 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27836 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27840 \begin_layout Standard
27841 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27846 \begin_inset Index idx
27849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27850 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27856 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27857 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27863 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27866 \begin_layout Standard
27867 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27868 and then use the menu
27870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27876 \begin_inset space ~
27881 or the toolbar button
27884 arg "nomencl-insert"
27889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27900 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27903 \begin_layout Standard
27904 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27905 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27906 The second is the description of the symbol.
27909 \begin_layout Standard
27910 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27918 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27926 \begin_layout Subsection
27927 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27928 \begin_inset Index idx
27931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27932 Nomenclature ! Layout
27940 \begin_layout Standard
27941 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27945 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27951 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27959 \begin_inset Newline newline
27967 \begin_inset Newline newline
27973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27980 character starts/ends the formula.
27981 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27993 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28003 \begin_layout Standard
28004 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28005 \begin_inset space ~
28009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28011 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28018 \begin_layout Standard
28022 \begin_inset space ~
28027 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28028 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28033 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28040 in this document is:
28041 \begin_inset Newline newline
28046 dummy entry for the character
28051 \begin_inset Newline newline
28063 \begin_inset space ~
28073 font use the command
28102 \begin_layout Subsection
28103 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28104 \begin_inset Index idx
28107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28108 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28116 \begin_layout Standard
28117 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28118 the symbol definition.
28119 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28120 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28123 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28124 LatexCommand nomenclature
28126 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28133 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28137 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28138 LatexCommand nomenclature
28141 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28146 They will be sorted by
28147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28173 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28176 will be sorted before the
28180 since the character
28181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28188 is considered in sorting.
28191 \begin_layout Standard
28192 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28195 \begin_inset space ~
28200 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28201 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28203 For the example given, you can insert
28207 in this field for the
28208 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28215 will be located before
28216 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28222 \begin_layout Standard
28223 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28228 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28237 \begin_layout Subsection
28238 Nomenclature Options
28239 \begin_inset Index idx
28242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28243 Nomenclature ! Options
28251 \begin_layout Standard
28256 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28257 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28260 \begin_layout Description
28261 refeq Appends the phrase
28262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28277 to every nomenclature entry, where
28283 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28286 \begin_layout Description
28287 refpage Appends the phrase
28288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28303 to every nomenclature entry, where
28309 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28312 \begin_layout Description
28313 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28316 \begin_layout Standard
28317 There are furthermore the options
28361 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28365 \begin_layout Standard
28366 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28367 class options list in the
28369 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28373 In this document the option
28380 \begin_layout Standard
28381 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28387 \begin_layout Standard
28388 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28389 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28394 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28397 \begin_layout Description
28407 \begin_layout Description
28410 nomrefpage Like the
28417 \begin_layout Description
28420 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28429 \begin_layout Description
28433 \begin_inset space ~
28439 \begin_inset space ~
28444 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28447 \begin_layout Subsection
28448 Printing the Nomenclature
28449 \begin_inset Index idx
28452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28453 Nomenclature ! Printing
28461 \begin_layout Standard
28462 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28464 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28466 \begin_inset space ~
28470 \begin_inset space ~
28473 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28477 A light blue box labeled
28478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28489 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28490 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28493 \begin_layout Standard
28494 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28503 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28511 For example, in order to change the name to
28515 , add the following line to the preamble:
28518 \begin_layout Standard
28526 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28529 \begin_layout Standard
28530 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28536 \begin_layout Standard
28537 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28538 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28541 \begin_layout Standard
28549 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28552 \begin_layout Standard
28555 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28556 \begin_inset space ~
28560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28562 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28567 The default value is 1
28568 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28574 \begin_layout Subsection
28575 Nomenclature Program
28576 \begin_inset Index idx
28579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28580 Nomenclature ! Program
28586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28588 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28595 \begin_layout Standard
28596 LyX uses the program
28600 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28601 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28606 by adding options, see section
28607 \begin_inset space ~
28611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28613 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28618 The available options are listed and explained in
28619 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28621 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28628 \begin_layout Section
28630 \begin_inset Index idx
28633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28640 \begin_inset Index idx
28643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28644 Document ! Branches
28650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28652 name "sec:Branches"
28659 \begin_layout Standard
28660 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28661 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28662 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28663 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28666 \begin_layout Standard
28667 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28668 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28669 To create a branch, either select the menu
28671 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28672 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28675 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28677 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28684 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28685 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28686 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28687 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28688 (see below for an example).
28689 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28690 to the name of the other) and to add
28691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28699 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28703 \begin_inset space ~
28706 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28707 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28710 \begin_layout Standard
28711 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28712 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28717 where you can choose a branch.
28718 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28723 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28724 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28727 \begin_layout Standard
28728 \begin_inset Branch Question
28731 \begin_layout Standard
28732 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28740 \begin_layout Standard
28741 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28744 \begin_layout Standard
28745 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28753 \begin_layout Standard
28760 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28761 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28764 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28765 Consider for example a file
28766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28773 which has the above branches.
28775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28782 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28806 branch were inactive,
28807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28822 branch was active, likewise
28823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28838 branch was active, and
28839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28842 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28846 if both branches were active.
28847 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28851 \begin_layout Standard
28852 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28858 \begin_layout Standard
28859 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28860 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28862 For example you can define for the question branch
28866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28867 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28868 \begin_inset space ~
28872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28874 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28886 \begin_layout Standard
28896 \begin_layout Standard
28906 \begin_layout Standard
28907 and for the answer branch
28910 \begin_layout Standard
28920 \begin_layout Standard
28930 \begin_layout Standard
28931 \begin_inset Branch Question
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28966 \begin_layout Standard
28967 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28970 \begin_layout Standard
28974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29002 \begin_layout Standard
29003 Now it is possible to use the commands
29007 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29014 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29017 to obtain conditional output.
29018 Here is an example formula where only the
29025 \begin_inset Formula
29027 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29035 \begin_layout Standard
29036 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29044 \begin_layout Section
29046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29048 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29053 \begin_inset Index idx
29056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29065 \begin_layout Standard
29070 dialog allows you in the
29074 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29075 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29080 \begin_inset Index idx
29083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29084 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29092 \begin_layout Standard
29097 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29098 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29099 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29101 You can specify in the dialog tab
29105 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29107 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29108 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29112 \begin_layout Standard
29117 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29118 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29119 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29121 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29122 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29124 \begin_inset space ~
29127 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29128 \begin_inset space ~
29131 1 will only display the sections.
29134 \begin_layout Standard
29135 The header information in the dialog tab
29139 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29140 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29145 \begin_inset space \space{}
29148 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29149 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29152 Automatic fill header
29154 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29155 title and author settings.
29158 \begin_layout Standard
29161 Load in fullscreen mode
29163 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29166 \begin_layout Standard
29167 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29168 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29174 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29175 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29184 \begin_layout Section
29185 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29188 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29195 \begin_layout Subsection
29197 \begin_inset Index idx
29200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29209 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29216 \begin_layout Standard
29217 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29218 constructs, but not all.
29219 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29220 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29221 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29222 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29223 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29227 \begin_layout Standard
29228 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29230 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29232 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29234 \begin_inset space ~
29239 or by the toolbar button
29246 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29250 \begin_layout Standard
29251 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29252 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29253 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29254 using the LaTeX-command
29260 , you can write the command part
29266 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29270 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29271 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29272 the following example:
29275 \begin_layout Standard
29276 \begin_inset Graphics
29277 filename clipart/ERT.png
29285 \begin_layout Standard
29289 \begin_layout Standard
29290 This is a line with a
29294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29317 \begin_layout Standard
29318 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29326 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29327 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29335 \begin_layout Subsection
29336 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29337 \begin_inset Argument
29340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29347 \begin_inset Index idx
29350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29359 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29366 \begin_layout Standard
29367 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29368 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29369 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29378 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29379 any time if you know the right commands.
29381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29385 \begin_inset space \space{}
29388 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29390 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29391 all caption labels bold.
29392 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29394 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29398 \begin_layout Standard
29399 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29400 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29401 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29403 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29412 \begin_layout Standard
29413 As result you know that the package
29418 \begin_inset Index idx
29421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29422 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29428 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29430 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29436 \begin_layout Standard
29441 usepackage[options]{package name}
29444 \begin_layout Standard
29445 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29446 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29447 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29450 \begin_layout Standard
29451 In your case the package name is
29456 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29461 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29462 So you add the command
29465 \begin_layout Standard
29470 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29473 \begin_layout Standard
29474 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29479 For more commands provided by the
29483 package, have a look at its documentation,
29484 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29498 \begin_layout Standard
29499 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29501 For example if you use a
29505 class, you don't need the package
29509 , you can instead write
29512 \begin_layout Standard
29517 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29522 \begin_layout Standard
29523 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29524 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29525 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29532 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29535 \begin_layout Standard
29536 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29537 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29539 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29540 the previous section.
29543 \begin_layout Standard
29544 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29546 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29548 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29555 \begin_layout Standard
29556 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29562 \begin_layout Standard
29566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29576 \begin_inset Note Note
29579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29580 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29588 \begin_layout Left Header
29589 \begin_inset Argument
29592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29612 \begin_inset Note Note
29615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29616 defines the header line as described below
29624 \begin_layout Center Header
29625 \begin_inset Argument
29628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29637 \begin_layout Right Header
29638 \begin_inset Argument
29641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29662 \begin_layout Left Footer
29663 \begin_inset Argument
29666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29687 \begin_layout Center Footer
29688 \begin_inset Argument
29691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29702 \begin_inset Newline newline
29706 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29712 \begin_layout Right Footer
29713 \begin_inset Argument
29716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29738 \begin_layout Section
29739 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29740 \begin_inset Index idx
29743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29744 Document ! Header/Footer line
29750 \begin_inset Index idx
29753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29762 \begin_layout Standard
29763 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29764 to set the headings style to
29770 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29776 \begin_inset space ~
29782 As second step add in the menu
29784 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29785 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29792 Custom Header/Footerlines
29793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29797 This module offers the 6
29798 \begin_inset space ~
29804 \begin_layout Description
29806 \begin_inset space ~
29810 \begin_inset space ~
29814 \begin_inset space ~
29818 \begin_inset space ~
29822 \begin_inset space ~
29828 \begin_layout Description
29830 \begin_inset space ~
29834 \begin_inset space ~
29838 \begin_inset space ~
29842 \begin_inset space ~
29846 \begin_inset space ~
29852 \begin_layout Standard
29853 for the different positions in the header/footer.
29856 \begin_layout Standard
29857 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
29858 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
29860 \begin_inset space ~
29864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29866 reference "fig:Page-layout"
29870 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
29873 \begin_layout Standard
29874 \begin_inset Float figure
29880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29883 \begin_inset Tabular
29884 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
29885 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29886 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29887 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29888 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29890 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
29902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29908 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29919 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29937 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29948 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
29951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29952 The normal text on the page goes here.
29953 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
29955 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
29956 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
29961 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29970 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29981 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29999 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30010 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30028 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30046 \begin_inset Caption
30048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30051 name "fig:Page-layout"
30055 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30068 \begin_layout Subsection
30072 \begin_layout Standard
30073 To define your header line, add all 3
30074 \begin_inset space ~
30078 The things you add to the styles will appear on uneven pages, the things
30079 in the optional arguments on even pages.
30080 For single-sided documents, the optional argument will not be used and
30082 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing will appear in the
30084 Defining the footer line works similar.
30087 \begin_layout Standard
30088 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30105 \begin_inset space ~
30113 \begin_layout Description
30116 thepage prints the current page number
30119 \begin_layout Description
30122 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30125 \begin_layout Description
30128 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30131 \begin_layout Description
30134 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30135 In case of a book, it prints the current chapter title instead, but this
30136 document is an article.
30138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30142 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30145 because it usually goes in a left header.
30148 \begin_layout Description
30151 rightmark prints the name and number of the current subsection number and
30153 If it is a book it prints the current section title.
30154 It is normally used in the right header.
30157 \begin_layout Subsection
30158 Default headers/footers
30161 \begin_layout Standard
30162 Custom headers and footers are not empty by default.
30163 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30164 footer has the page number.
30165 In order to remove unwanted headers/footers, include the relevant header/footer
30166 style in your document, but leave it blank.
30167 So, if you don't want a page number in the footer, perhaps because you
30168 put it int he header instead, include a blank center footer to get rid
30172 \begin_layout Subsection
30176 \begin_layout Standard
30177 The custom headers and footers will appear on normal pages.
30178 Some pages are different.
30179 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30180 a new part or chapter in your book.
30181 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30182 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30183 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30186 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30187 Header and footer decoration line
30190 \begin_layout Standard
30191 By default, you get a 0.4
30192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30195 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30196 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30208 in the following scheme:
30211 \begin_layout Standard
30218 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30221 \begin_layout Standard
30222 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30231 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30238 \begin_layout Standard
30239 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30240 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30241 \begin_inset space ~
30245 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30254 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30255 Several header/footer lines
30258 \begin_layout Standard
30259 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30260 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30261 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30263 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30275 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30278 \begin_layout Standard
30285 headheight}{height}
30288 \begin_layout Standard
30289 Where height is a size in standard units.
30290 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30291 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30292 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30294 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30309 and look via the button
30312 \begin_inset space ~
30317 if you find a warning of the package
30322 \begin_inset Index idx
30325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30326 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30332 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30333 for your header/footer.
30336 \begin_layout Subsection
30340 \begin_layout Standard
30341 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30342 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
30343 This example consists of the following definition:
30346 \begin_layout Description
30348 \begin_inset space ~
30357 , empty optional argument
30360 \begin_layout Description
30362 \begin_inset space ~
30365 Header empty, empty optional argument
30368 \begin_layout Description
30370 \begin_inset space ~
30379 in the optional argument
30382 \begin_layout Description
30384 \begin_inset space ~
30393 in the optional argument
30396 \begin_layout Description
30398 \begin_inset space ~
30410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30414 \begin_inset Newline newline
30418 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30425 in the optional argument
30428 \begin_layout Description
30430 \begin_inset space ~
30439 , empty optional argument
30442 \begin_layout Description
30445 headrulewidth set to 2
30446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30452 \begin_layout Standard
30453 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30455 For more special things like e.
30456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30460 \begin_inset space ~
30463 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30468 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30477 \begin_layout Standard
30478 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30484 \begin_layout Standard
30488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30492 pagestyle{headings}
30498 \begin_inset Note Note
30501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30502 switches back to page style with the default headings
30510 \begin_layout Section
30511 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30514 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30519 \begin_inset Index idx
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30529 \begin_inset Index idx
30532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30541 \begin_layout Standard
30542 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30543 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30544 to break your train of thought with
30546 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30552 \begin_layout Standard
30553 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30554 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30559 \begin_inset Index idx
30562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30563 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30568 as explained below, and turn on
30571 \begin_inset space ~
30578 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30582 \begin_inset space ~
30586 \begin_inset space ~
30589 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30594 \begin_inset space ~
30599 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30602 \begin_layout Standard
30603 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30605 Previews of an already loaded document are
30609 generated just by selecting the
30612 \begin_inset space ~
30617 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30620 \begin_layout Standard
30621 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30622 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30625 \begin_inset space ~
30630 check box in the insert dialog.
30631 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30635 \begin_layout Standard
30636 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30640 (on some systems named simply
30645 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30647 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30653 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30654 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30662 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30666 \begin_layout Standard
30667 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30673 \begin_layout Standard
30674 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30678 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30680 \begin_inset space ~
30685 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30686 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30688 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30689 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30690 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30691 the source view window.
30694 \begin_layout Section
30695 Advanced Find and Replace
30696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30698 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30703 \begin_inset Index idx
30706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30713 \begin_inset Index idx
30716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30725 \begin_layout Subsection
30729 \begin_layout Standard
30730 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30731 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30732 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30733 The key-features are:
30736 \begin_layout Itemize
30737 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30738 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30739 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30743 \begin_layout Itemize
30744 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30745 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30746 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30747 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30750 \begin_layout Itemize
30751 Search may be widened to a specific
30756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30760 \begin_inset space ~
30763 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30764 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30771 \begin_layout Itemize
30772 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30773 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30778 \begin_inset space ~
30781 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30784 \begin_layout Subsection
30788 \begin_layout Standard
30789 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30792 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30805 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30808 ) or the toolbar button
30811 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30817 Advanced Find and Replace
30822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30826 \begin_layout Standard
30831 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30836 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30841 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30842 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30843 Pressing repeatedly
30847 keeps searching forward.
30848 Similarly, pressing
30852 searches for the entered text backwards.
30855 \begin_layout Standard
30856 While searching, the
30860 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30870 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30874 Searching for mathematics
30877 \begin_layout Standard
30878 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30882 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30883 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30886 or also something more complex like
30887 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30891 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30892 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30893 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30894 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30900 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30904 \begin_layout Standard
30905 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30906 This is done by switching to the
30910 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
30915 This way, entering in the
30922 \begin_layout Itemize
30923 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
30924 in emphasized or boldface.
30927 \begin_layout Itemize
30928 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
30929 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
30930 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
30931 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
30934 \begin_layout Itemize
30935 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
30936 of if only within section headings.
30937 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
30938 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
30942 \begin_layout Itemize
30943 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
30944 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
30947 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30951 \begin_layout Standard
30952 The text segments matching the text entered in the
30956 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30964 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30968 button or alternatively
30990 \begin_layout Standard
30991 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
30992 text segments in your document.
30993 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
30997 \begin_layout Itemize
30998 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
30999 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31007 with its typewriter version
31010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31020 \begin_layout Itemize
31021 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31027 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31039 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31046 (you may want to enable the
31054 options and disable the
31062 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31070 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31071 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31075 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31078 , or occurrences of
31079 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31083 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31089 \begin_layout Subsection
31093 \begin_layout Standard
31094 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31099 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31101 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31103 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31112 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31118 This is done via the menu
31120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31121 Insert Regular Expression
31123 while the cursor is in the
31128 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31129 expression matching rules
31133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31134 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31140 \begin_inset space ~
31143 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31144 to match expressions.
31149 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31150 same text in the document.
31151 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31152 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31155 \begin_layout Enumerate
31156 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31161 editor the fraction
31162 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31166 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31169 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31170 fractions with the given denominator.
31173 \begin_layout Enumerate
31174 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31186 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31191 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31192 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31194 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31197 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31198 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31201 \begin_layout Standard
31202 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31203 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31204 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31207 , and referring back to them through
31208 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31212 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31216 For example, try searching for the regexp
31217 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31220 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31223 \begin_layout Standard
31224 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31225 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31226 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31231 \begin_inset space ~
31235 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31238 always refers to the first occurrence of
31239 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31242 in all entered regexps.
31245 \begin_layout Standard
31246 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31250 \begin_layout Section
31252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31254 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31259 \begin_inset Index idx
31262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31271 \begin_layout Standard
31272 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31273 It uses one of the libraries
31287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31288 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31289 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31297 Which back-ends are available depends on the platform and the build-time
31298 configuration of the LyX program.
31300 g., on a Mac the operating system provides a spell checking service; there
31301 it is available as an additional back-end to choose from.
31302 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
31310 \begin_layout Standard
31311 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31312 This does work with all back-ends, assuming you have marked the different
31313 languages appropriately and the dictionaries installed.
31316 \begin_layout Standard
31317 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
31318 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
31325 \begin_layout Standard
31328 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31331 or the toolbar button
31334 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31337 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31338 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
31339 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31340 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31341 scrolled so that it is visible.
31346 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
31348 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31352 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31353 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31356 \begin_layout Standard
31357 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31360 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31365 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
31368 have marked the different languages in your document, spell checking will
31369 automatically switch to the appropriate dictionaries.
31370 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31371 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31374 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31378 \begin_layout Standard
31379 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
31380 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
31382 But you can use the
31385 \begin_inset space ~
31389 \begin_inset space ~
31397 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31401 \begin_layout Standard
31406 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
31409 \begin_layout Description
31411 \begin_inset space ~
31414 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31415 should consider, e.
31416 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31420 \begin_inset space \space{}
31423 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
31424 This should not normally be needed.
31427 \begin_layout Description
31429 \begin_inset space ~
31432 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
31433 the spell checker's default choice
31436 \begin_layout Description
31438 \begin_inset space ~
31442 \begin_inset space ~
31445 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31457 \begin_layout Description
31459 \begin_inset space ~
31462 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31463 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31464 The suggestions by the spell checker will be added to the context menu
31465 of a misspelled word if there were some found.
31466 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31470 \begin_layout Description
31472 \begin_inset space ~
31476 \begin_inset space ~
31480 \begin_inset space ~
31483 comments The spelling of non-printed document contents is checked as well.
31484 You may disable this by deactivating this option.
31487 \begin_layout Section
31489 \begin_inset Index idx
31492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31501 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31508 \begin_layout Standard
31509 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31510 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31520 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31522 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31531 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31532 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31533 are available for many languages.
31536 \begin_layout Standard
31537 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31541 \begin_layout Subsection
31542 Setting up the thesaurus
31545 \begin_layout Standard
31550 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31555 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31560 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31566 en_EN for English).
31567 For instance, the English files are named:
31570 \begin_layout Itemize
31574 \begin_layout Itemize
31578 \begin_layout Standard
31579 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31580 already on your system.
31581 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31582 \begin_inset Flex URL
31585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31587 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31593 \begin_inset Flex URL
31596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31598 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31608 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
31609 \begin_inset Flex URL
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31614 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31619 are usually packed in extension archives (
31623 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31625 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31626 unpack a zip archive.
31639 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31640 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31642 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31643 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31647 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31650 \begin_layout Subsection
31651 Using the thesaurus
31654 \begin_layout Standard
31655 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31657 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31660 or the toolbar button
31663 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31666 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31668 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31670 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31671 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31672 and hyponyms (such as
31680 ), compounds (such as
31684 ) and antonyms (such as
31692 ), which are marked as such.
31695 \begin_layout Standard
31696 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31697 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31701 \begin_layout Standard
31702 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31703 the dictionary, such as the above
31707 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31708 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31712 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31713 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31714 For example looking up the word forms
31722 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31727 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31740 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31741 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31742 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31745 \begin_layout Subsection
31746 License of the Thesaurus library
31749 \begin_layout Standard
31754 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
31759 as a standalone program.
31760 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
31761 The library was released under the
31763 Berkeley Database License
31765 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
31766 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
31767 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
31769 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
31772 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
31776 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
31779 \begin_layout Section
31781 \begin_inset Index idx
31784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31791 \begin_inset Index idx
31794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31795 Document ! Change Tracking
31801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31803 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31810 \begin_layout Standard
31811 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31812 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31813 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31814 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31818 \begin_inset space ~
31821 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31823 \begin_inset space ~
31831 \begin_layout Standard
31832 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31846 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31847 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31850 \begin_inset space ~
31854 \begin_inset space ~
31864 \begin_inset Index idx
31867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31868 Color ! Change tracking
31873 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31874 the cursor is in changed text.
31875 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31878 arg "changes-merge"
31884 \begin_layout Standard
31885 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31886 \begin_inset Index idx
31889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31898 \begin_layout Standard
31899 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31905 \begin_layout Standard
31906 \begin_inset Graphics
31907 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31915 \begin_layout Standard
31916 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31922 \begin_layout Standard
31923 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31927 \begin_layout Standard
31928 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31934 \begin_layout Standard
31935 \begin_inset Tabular
31936 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31937 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31938 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31939 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31940 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31949 arg "changes-track"
31957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31963 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31965 \begin_inset space ~
31968 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31970 \begin_inset space ~
31979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31988 arg "changes-output"
31996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32004 \begin_inset space ~
32007 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32009 \begin_inset space ~
32013 \begin_inset space ~
32017 \begin_inset space ~
32026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32047 Jumps to the next change
32053 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32062 arg "change-accept"
32070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32076 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32078 \begin_inset space ~
32081 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32083 \begin_inset space ~
32092 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32101 arg "change-reject"
32109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32115 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32117 \begin_inset space ~
32120 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32122 \begin_inset space ~
32131 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32140 arg "changes-merge"
32148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32154 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32156 \begin_inset space ~
32159 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32161 \begin_inset space ~
32170 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32179 arg "all-changes-accept"
32187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32193 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32195 \begin_inset space ~
32198 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32200 \begin_inset space ~
32204 \begin_inset space ~
32213 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32222 arg "all-changes-reject"
32230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32236 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32238 \begin_inset space ~
32241 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32243 \begin_inset space ~
32247 \begin_inset space ~
32256 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32280 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32282 \begin_inset space ~
32291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32316 \begin_inset space ~
32332 \begin_layout Standard
32333 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32339 \begin_layout Standard
32340 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32341 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32342 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32343 the next change after the current cursor position.
32344 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32345 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32346 step to the next change.
32347 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32350 \begin_layout Standard
32351 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32352 to describe a change.
32355 \begin_layout Standard
32356 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32361 \begin_inset Index idx
32364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32365 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32371 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32372 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32378 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32381 \begin_layout Section
32382 International Support
32383 \begin_inset Index idx
32386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32387 International support
32395 \begin_layout Standard
32396 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32397 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32398 how to set up LyX to use them:
32399 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32401 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32408 \begin_layout Standard
32409 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32410 \begin_inset space ~
32414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32416 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32423 \begin_layout Subsection
32425 \begin_inset Index idx
32428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32435 \begin_inset Index idx
32438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32439 Document ! Settings
32445 \begin_inset Index idx
32448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32449 Document ! Language
32457 \begin_layout Standard
32460 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32463 dialog lets you set
32465 the language and character encoding for your language.
32469 \begin_layout Standard
32470 Choose your language in the
32474 section of this dialog.
32482 \begin_layout Standard
32487 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32492 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32493 For details about the different encoding options see section
32494 \begin_inset space ~
32498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32500 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
32507 \begin_layout Subsection
32508 Keyboard mapping configuration
32509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32511 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32518 \begin_layout Standard
32519 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
32520 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
32521 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
32522 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
32523 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32525 \begin_inset space ~
32529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32531 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32536 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32537 which one you want to use.
32540 \begin_layout Standard
32541 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32542 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32543 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32544 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32545 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32546 one to support the characters you want.
32547 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32554 \begin_layout Subsection
32558 \begin_layout Standard
32560 \begin_inset space ~
32564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32566 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32575 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32579 \begin_layout Standard
32580 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32581 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32589 \begin_layout Itemize
32590 Even if you have selected
32596 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32599 dialog, users who have only the
32603 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32607 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32608 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32609 french quotes won't show up.
32612 \begin_layout Standard
32613 \begin_inset Float table
32618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32619 \begin_inset Caption
32621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32624 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32642 \begin_inset Tabular
32643 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32644 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32645 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32646 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32649 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32650 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32651 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32652 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32653 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32654 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32655 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32656 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32657 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32658 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32659 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32660 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32661 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37074 \begin_layout Standard
37075 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37077 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37078 also the characters from
37090 \begin_layout Itemize
37099 \begin_layout Standard
37100 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37101 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37107 \begin_layout Standard
37108 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37109 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37115 \begin_layout Standard
37116 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37117 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37123 \begin_layout Standard
37124 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37131 \begin_layout Standard
37133 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37139 \begin_layout Standard
37141 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37147 \begin_layout Standard
37149 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37156 \begin_layout Itemize
37169 \begin_layout Standard
37171 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37177 \begin_layout Standard
37179 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37185 \begin_layout Standard
37187 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37193 \begin_layout Standard
37195 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37201 \begin_layout Standard
37203 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37209 \begin_layout Standard
37211 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37218 \begin_layout Standard
37219 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37220 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37221 Also make sure you're using the
37228 \begin_layout Chapter
37231 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37233 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
37240 \begin_layout Standard
37241 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37242 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37243 topic inside the user's guide.
37246 \begin_layout Section
37248 \begin_inset Index idx
37251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37260 \begin_layout Standard
37265 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37266 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
37269 \begin_layout Subsection
37273 \begin_layout Standard
37274 Creates a new document.
37277 \begin_layout Subsection
37281 \begin_layout Standard
37282 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37283 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37284 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37287 \begin_layout Subsection
37291 \begin_layout Standard
37295 \begin_layout Subsection
37299 \begin_layout Standard
37300 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37301 Click there on a file to open it.
37304 \begin_layout Subsection
37308 \begin_layout Standard
37309 Closes the current document.
37312 \begin_layout Subsection
37316 \begin_layout Standard
37317 Closes all opened documents.
37320 \begin_layout Subsection
37324 \begin_layout Standard
37325 Saves the actual document.
37328 \begin_layout Subsection
37332 \begin_layout Standard
37333 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37336 \begin_layout Subsection
37340 \begin_layout Standard
37341 Saves all opened documents.
37344 \begin_layout Subsection
37348 \begin_layout Standard
37349 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37352 \begin_layout Subsection
37356 \begin_layout Standard
37357 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37358 It is described in the section
37360 Version Control in LyX
37364 Additional Features
37369 \begin_layout Subsection
37373 \begin_layout Standard
37374 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37375 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37376 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37377 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37380 \begin_layout Standard
37381 When using the menu entry
37384 \begin_inset space ~
37389 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37393 \begin_inset space ~
37397 \begin_inset space ~
37402 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37403 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37406 \begin_layout Subsection
37408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37417 \begin_layout Standard
37418 You can export your document to various file formats.
37419 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37420 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37421 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37424 \begin_layout Standard
37425 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37427 \begin_inset space ~
37431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37433 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37440 \begin_layout Description
37444 \begin_inset space ~
37449 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
37451 \begin_inset Newline newline
37454 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37457 \begin_layout Description
37465 \begin_layout Description
37466 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37470 \begin_layout Description
37472 \begin_inset space ~
37476 \begin_inset space ~
37479 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37483 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37491 \begin_layout Description
37498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37506 \begin_inset space ~
37511 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37512 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37516 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37519 \begin_layout Description
37526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37534 \begin_inset space ~
37539 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37540 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37548 \begin_layout Description
37550 \begin_inset space ~
37553 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
37554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37561 is replaced by the version number)
37564 \begin_layout Description
37565 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37568 \begin_layout Description
37569 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
37582 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37586 \begin_layout Description
37590 \begin_inset space ~
37595 PDF-format using the program
37600 \begin_layout Description
37604 \begin_inset space ~
37609 PDF-format using the program
37614 \begin_layout Description
37618 \begin_inset space ~
37623 PDF-format using the program
37628 \begin_layout Description
37632 \begin_inset space ~
37640 \begin_layout Description
37644 \begin_inset space ~
37648 \begin_inset space ~
37653 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
37654 and then exported as text using the program
37659 \begin_layout Description
37664 PostScript format using the program
37669 \begin_layout Description
37677 \begin_layout Standard
37682 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
37683 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
37689 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
37692 \begin_layout Standard
37693 If one of the menu entries
37700 \begin_inset space ~
37709 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37710 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37711 \begin_inset space ~
37715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37717 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37722 \begin_inset Index idx
37725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37726 Reconfiguration of LyX
37734 \begin_layout Standard
37739 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
37740 the export program.
37743 \begin_layout Subsection
37747 \begin_layout Standard
37748 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
37749 format or send it to a printer.
37750 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
37751 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
37757 For more information have a look at section
37758 \begin_inset space ~
37762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37764 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
37771 \begin_layout Subsection
37775 \begin_layout Standard
37776 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
37777 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
37778 prefix, see section
37779 \begin_inset space ~
37783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37785 reference "sec:Paths"
37790 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
37799 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
37800 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
37801 \begin_inset space ~
37805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37807 reference "sub:Converters"
37814 \begin_layout Subsection
37815 New and Close Window
37818 \begin_layout Standard
37819 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
37822 \begin_layout Subsection
37826 \begin_layout Standard
37827 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
37830 \begin_layout Section
37832 \begin_inset Index idx
37835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37844 \begin_layout Subsection
37848 \begin_layout Standard
37849 Described in section
37850 \begin_inset space ~
37854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37856 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
37863 \begin_layout Subsection
37864 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
37867 \begin_layout Standard
37868 Described in section
37869 \begin_inset space ~
37873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37875 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37882 \begin_layout Subsection
37886 \begin_layout Standard
37887 Selects the whole document.
37890 \begin_layout Subsection
37894 \begin_layout Standard
37895 Described in section
37896 \begin_inset space ~
37900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37902 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37909 \begin_layout Subsection
37910 Move Paragraph Up/Down
37913 \begin_layout Standard
37914 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
37918 \begin_layout Subsection
37922 \begin_layout Standard
37923 Described in section
37924 \begin_inset space ~
37928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37930 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
37937 \begin_layout Subsection
37939 \begin_inset Index idx
37942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37943 Paragraph ! Settings
37951 \begin_layout Standard
37952 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
37953 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
37956 \begin_layout Standard
37957 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
37958 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
37960 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37966 \begin_inset space ~
37974 \begin_layout Subsection
37975 Table Settings and Math
37978 \begin_layout Standard
37979 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
37981 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
37982 The properties of tables are described in section
37983 \begin_inset space ~
37987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37989 reference "sec:Tables"
37993 , the properties of formulas in chapter
37994 \begin_inset space ~
37998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38000 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38007 \begin_layout Subsection
38008 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38011 \begin_layout Standard
38012 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38013 that can be nested.
38014 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38015 \begin_inset space ~
38019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38021 reference "sec:Nesting"
38026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38028 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38035 \begin_layout Section
38037 \begin_inset Index idx
38040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38049 \begin_layout Standard
38054 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38055 document with an external program.
38056 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38057 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38058 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38059 \begin_inset space ~
38063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38065 reference "sub:Export"
38070 You should at least see the menu entries
38077 \begin_inset space ~
38083 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38084 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38085 \begin_inset space ~
38089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38091 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38096 \begin_inset Index idx
38099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38100 Reconfiguration of LyX
38108 \begin_layout Standard
38109 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38110 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38111 \begin_inset space ~
38115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38117 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38122 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38125 \begin_layout Standard
38126 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38129 At the bottom of the
38133 menu the opened documents are listed.
38136 \begin_layout Subsection
38137 Open/Close all Insets
38140 \begin_layout Standard
38141 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38144 \begin_layout Subsection
38145 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38148 \begin_layout Standard
38149 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38152 \begin_layout Standard
38153 Math macros are described in the
38160 \begin_layout Subsection
38164 \begin_layout Standard
38165 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38167 \begin_inset space ~
38171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38173 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38180 \begin_layout Subsection
38184 \begin_layout Standard
38185 Opens a window showing console messages.
38186 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38190 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38191 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38194 \begin_layout Subsection
38198 \begin_layout Standard
38199 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38200 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38201 \begin_inset space ~
38205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38207 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38211 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38212 \begin_inset space ~
38216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38218 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38222 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38225 \begin_layout Subsection
38226 View (Other Formats)
38229 \begin_layout Standard
38230 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38233 \begin_layout Subsection
38237 \begin_layout Standard
38238 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38239 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38240 opening a new viewer window.
38243 \begin_layout Subsection
38244 Update (Other Formats)
38247 \begin_layout Standard
38248 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38249 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38252 \begin_layout Subsection
38253 View Master Document
38256 \begin_layout Standard
38257 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38274 manual for more information on this topic).
38275 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38276 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38281 generates the output of the whole book, while
38285 will just output the chapter alone.
38288 \begin_layout Standard
38289 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38290 in the preferences (see sec.
38291 \begin_inset space ~
38295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38297 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38301 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38302 \begin_inset space ~
38306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38308 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38315 \begin_layout Subsection
38316 Update Master Document
38319 \begin_layout Standard
38320 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38337 manual for more information on this topic).
38338 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38339 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38342 \begin_layout Standard
38343 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38344 in the preferences (see sec.
38345 \begin_inset space ~
38349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38351 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38355 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38356 \begin_inset space ~
38360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38362 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38369 \begin_layout Subsection
38373 \begin_layout Standard
38374 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38375 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38376 view the same document, but at different positions.
38377 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38378 or more documents at the same time.
38379 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38386 \begin_layout Subsection
38390 \begin_layout Standard
38391 Closes a split view.
38394 \begin_layout Subsection
38398 \begin_layout Standard
38399 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38400 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38401 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38402 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38403 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38406 \begin_layout Subsection
38408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38410 name "sub:Toolbars"
38415 \begin_inset Index idx
38418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38427 \begin_layout Standard
38428 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38429 All toolbars and the
38432 \begin_inset space ~
38437 can be turned on and off.
38442 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38454 \begin_inset space ~
38463 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38467 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38474 \begin_layout Standard
38479 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38483 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38484 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38485 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38486 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38487 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38490 \begin_layout Standard
38491 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38492 \begin_inset space ~
38496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38498 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38505 \begin_layout Section
38507 \begin_inset Index idx
38510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38519 \begin_layout Subsection
38523 \begin_layout Standard
38524 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38525 \begin_inset space ~
38529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38531 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38542 \begin_layout Subsection
38544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38546 name "sub:Special-Character"
38553 \begin_layout Standard
38554 Here you can insert the following characters:
38557 \begin_layout Description
38558 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38559 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38560 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38561 \begin_inset Newline newline
38565 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38573 Not all characters will be visible in the
38577 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38585 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38589 ) can display every character.
38597 \begin_layout Description
38598 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38602 \begin_layout Description
38604 \begin_inset space ~
38608 \begin_inset space ~
38611 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38612 \begin_inset space ~
38616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38618 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38625 \begin_layout Description
38627 \begin_inset space ~
38630 Quote Inserts this quote:
38631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38634 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
38636 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38646 \begin_layout Description
38648 \begin_inset space ~
38651 Quote Inserts this quote:
38652 \begin_inset Quotes els
38658 \begin_layout Description
38660 \begin_inset space ~
38663 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38667 \begin_layout Description
38669 \begin_inset space ~
38672 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38676 \begin_layout Description
38678 \begin_inset space ~
38681 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38685 \begin_layout Description
38687 \begin_inset space ~
38691 \begin_inset Index idx
38694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38701 \begin_inset Index idx
38704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38705 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38710 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38711 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38712 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38717 \begin_inset Index idx
38720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38721 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38727 \begin_inset Newline newline
38730 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
38734 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38742 and this Wiki-page:
38743 \begin_inset Newline newline
38747 \begin_inset Flex URL
38750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38752 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
38760 \begin_layout Subsection
38764 \begin_layout Standard
38765 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
38768 \begin_layout Description
38769 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
38770 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
38776 \begin_layout Description
38777 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
38778 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
38784 \begin_layout Description
38786 \begin_inset space ~
38789 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
38790 \begin_inset space ~
38794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38796 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
38803 \begin_layout Description
38805 \begin_inset space ~
38808 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
38809 \begin_inset space ~
38813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38815 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
38822 \begin_layout Description
38824 \begin_inset space ~
38827 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
38828 \begin_inset space ~
38832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38834 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
38841 \begin_layout Description
38843 \begin_inset space ~
38846 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
38847 \begin_inset space ~
38851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38853 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
38860 \begin_layout Description
38862 \begin_inset space ~
38865 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
38866 \begin_inset space ~
38870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38872 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
38879 \begin_layout Description
38881 \begin_inset space ~
38884 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
38885 \begin_inset space ~
38889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38891 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
38898 \begin_layout Description
38900 \begin_inset space ~
38903 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
38904 \begin_inset space ~
38908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38910 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
38917 \begin_layout Description
38919 \begin_inset space ~
38922 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
38923 \begin_inset space ~
38927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38929 reference "sub:Ligatures"
38936 \begin_layout Description
38938 \begin_inset space ~
38942 \begin_inset space ~
38945 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
38946 \begin_inset space ~
38950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38952 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38959 \begin_layout Description
38961 \begin_inset space ~
38964 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
38965 text line to the page border, see section
38966 \begin_inset space ~
38970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38972 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38979 \begin_layout Description
38981 \begin_inset space ~
38984 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
38985 \begin_inset space ~
38989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38991 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38998 \begin_layout Description
39000 \begin_inset space ~
39003 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39004 text page to the page border, described in section
39005 \begin_inset space ~
39009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39011 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39018 \begin_layout Description
39020 \begin_inset space ~
39023 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39024 \begin_inset space ~
39028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39030 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39037 \begin_layout Description
39039 \begin_inset space ~
39043 \begin_inset space ~
39046 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39047 \begin_inset space ~
39051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39053 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39060 \begin_layout Subsection
39064 \begin_layout Standard
39065 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39066 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
39068 \begin_inset space ~
39072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39074 reference "sec:toc"
39079 The index list is described in section
39080 \begin_inset space ~
39084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39086 reference "sec:Index"
39090 , the nomenclature in section
39091 \begin_inset space ~
39095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39097 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39101 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39102 \begin_inset space ~
39106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39108 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39115 \begin_layout Subsection
39119 \begin_layout Standard
39120 To insert floats, described in section
39121 \begin_inset space ~
39125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39127 reference "sec:Floats"
39134 \begin_layout Subsection
39138 \begin_layout Standard
39139 To insert notes, described in section
39140 \begin_inset space ~
39144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39146 reference "sec:Notes"
39153 \begin_layout Subsection
39157 \begin_layout Standard
39158 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39159 \begin_inset space ~
39163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39165 reference "sec:Branches"
39172 \begin_layout Subsection
39176 \begin_layout Standard
39177 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39178 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39180 An example is the document class
39181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39188 with three custom insets.
39191 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39197 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39200 \begin_layout Subsection
39202 \begin_inset Index idx
39205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39214 \begin_layout Standard
39215 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39216 files in your document.
39217 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39228 \begin_layout Subsection
39230 \begin_inset Index idx
39233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39242 \begin_layout Standard
39243 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39244 \begin_inset space ~
39248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39250 reference "sec:Minipages"
39255 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39266 \begin_layout Subsection
39270 \begin_layout Standard
39271 Inserts a citation as described in section
39272 \begin_inset space ~
39276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39278 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39285 \begin_layout Subsection
39289 \begin_layout Standard
39290 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39291 \begin_inset space ~
39295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39297 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39304 \begin_layout Subsection
39308 \begin_layout Standard
39309 Inserts a label as described in section
39310 \begin_inset space ~
39314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39316 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39323 \begin_layout Subsection
39325 \begin_inset Index idx
39328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39335 \begin_inset Index idx
39338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39339 Longtables ! Caption
39347 \begin_layout Standard
39348 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39349 Floats are described in section
39350 \begin_inset space ~
39354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39356 reference "sec:Floats"
39360 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39371 \begin_layout Subsection
39375 \begin_layout Standard
39376 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39377 \begin_inset space ~
39381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39383 reference "sec:Index"
39390 \begin_layout Subsection
39394 \begin_layout Standard
39395 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39396 \begin_inset space ~
39400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39402 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39409 \begin_layout Subsection
39413 \begin_layout Standard
39415 Tables are described in section
39416 \begin_inset space ~
39420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39422 reference "sec:Tables"
39429 \begin_layout Subsection
39433 \begin_layout Standard
39435 Graphics are described in section
39436 \begin_inset space ~
39440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39442 reference "sec:Graphics"
39449 \begin_layout Subsection
39453 \begin_layout Standard
39454 Inserts an URL as described in section
39455 \begin_inset space ~
39459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39461 reference "sub:URLs"
39468 \begin_layout Subsection
39472 \begin_layout Standard
39473 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39474 \begin_inset space ~
39478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39480 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39487 \begin_layout Subsection
39491 \begin_layout Standard
39492 Inserts a footnote, see section
39493 \begin_inset space ~
39497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39499 reference "sec:Footnotes"
39506 \begin_layout Subsection
39510 \begin_layout Standard
39511 Inserts a marginal note, see section
39512 \begin_inset space ~
39516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39518 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39525 \begin_layout Subsection
39529 \begin_layout Standard
39530 Inserts a short title, see section
39531 \begin_inset space ~
39535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39537 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39544 \begin_layout Subsection
39548 \begin_layout Standard
39549 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39550 \begin_inset space ~
39554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39556 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39563 \begin_layout Subsection
39565 \begin_inset Index idx
39568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39577 \begin_layout Standard
39578 Inserts a program listings box.
39579 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39581 Program Code Listings
39590 \begin_layout Subsection
39594 \begin_layout Standard
39595 Inserts the actual date.
39596 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39598 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39610 \begin_layout Section
39612 \begin_inset Index idx
39615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39624 \begin_layout Standard
39625 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39626 \begin_inset space ~
39629 of the current document.
39630 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39633 \begin_layout Subsection
39637 \begin_layout Standard
39638 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39639 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39645 \begin_inset space \space{}
39649 \begin_inset space ~
39653 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39654 \begin_inset space ~
39657 2.5 and use the menu
39660 \begin_inset space ~
39664 \begin_inset space ~
39671 \begin_inset space ~
39677 \begin_inset space ~
39681 \begin_inset space ~
39687 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39691 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39697 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39703 \begin_layout Standard
39704 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
39705 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
39708 \begin_layout Subsection
39709 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
39712 \begin_layout Standard
39713 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
39717 \begin_layout Subsection
39721 \begin_layout Standard
39722 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
39723 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
39724 on a cross-reference box.
39727 \begin_layout Section
39729 \begin_inset Index idx
39732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39741 \begin_layout Subsection
39745 \begin_layout Standard
39746 Change Tracking is described in section
39747 \begin_inset space ~
39751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39753 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39760 \begin_layout Subsection
39765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39775 \begin_layout Standard
39776 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
39778 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
39781 \begin_layout Standard
39782 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
39787 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
39790 \begin_layout Subsection
39794 \begin_layout Standard
39795 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
39796 \begin_inset space ~
39800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39802 reference "sec:Navigating"
39807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39809 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
39816 \begin_layout Subsection
39817 Start Appendix Here
39820 \begin_layout Standard
39821 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
39822 position as described in section
39823 \begin_inset space ~
39827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39829 reference "sec:Appendices"
39836 \begin_layout Subsection
39840 \begin_layout Standard
39841 Un/compresses the current document.
39844 \begin_layout Subsection
39848 \begin_layout Standard
39849 The document settings are described in appendix
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39856 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39863 \begin_layout Section
39865 \begin_inset Index idx
39868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39877 \begin_layout Subsection
39881 \begin_layout Standard
39882 Spell checking is explained in section
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39889 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39896 \begin_layout Subsection
39900 \begin_layout Standard
39901 The thesaurus is described in section
39902 \begin_inset space ~
39906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39908 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
39915 \begin_layout Subsection
39917 \begin_inset Index idx
39920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39927 \begin_inset Index idx
39930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39939 \begin_layout Standard
39940 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
39941 highlighted document part.
39944 \begin_layout Subsection
39946 \begin_inset Index idx
39949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39958 \begin_layout Standard
39959 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
39962 \begin_layout Subsection
39964 \begin_inset Index idx
39967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39968 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
39972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39979 Reconfiguration of LyX
39983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39996 \begin_inset Index idx
39999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40000 Reconfiguration of LyX
40008 \begin_layout Standard
40009 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40010 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40011 \begin_inset space ~
40015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40017 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40024 \begin_layout Subsection
40028 \begin_layout Standard
40029 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40036 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40043 \begin_layout Section
40045 \begin_inset Index idx
40048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40057 \begin_layout Standard
40058 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40062 \begin_layout Standard
40066 \begin_inset space ~
40071 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40072 found by LyX (see also section
40073 \begin_inset space ~
40077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40079 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40086 \begin_layout Section
40088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40090 name "sec:Toolbars"
40097 \begin_layout Standard
40098 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40099 \begin_inset space ~
40103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40105 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40112 \begin_layout Standard
40113 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40114 This is described in the
40116 Additional Features
40121 \begin_layout Subsection
40123 \begin_inset Index idx
40126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40135 \begin_layout Standard
40136 \begin_inset Graphics
40137 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40145 \begin_layout Standard
40146 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40152 \begin_layout Standard
40153 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40170 \begin_inset Note Note
40173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40174 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40179 manual for more information.
40187 \begin_layout Standard
40188 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40194 \begin_layout Standard
40195 \begin_inset Tabular
40196 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40197 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40198 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40199 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40205 \begin_inset Graphics
40206 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40220 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40233 \begin_layout Standard
40234 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40240 \begin_layout Standard
40242 \begin_inset Tabular
40243 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40244 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40245 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40246 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40270 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40300 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40307 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40330 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40337 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40346 arg "dialog-show print"
40354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40360 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40367 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40376 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
40384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40390 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40397 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40420 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40450 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40457 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40480 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40487 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40510 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40517 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40540 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40556 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
40564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40570 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40585 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40594 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
40602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40608 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40609 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40637 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
40639 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40641 \begin_inset space ~
40652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40673 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
40675 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40677 \begin_inset space ~
40688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40697 arg "textstyle-apply"
40705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40709 Formats text using the current settings in the
40711 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40713 \begin_inset space ~
40724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40748 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40750 \begin_inset space ~
40759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40768 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
40776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40796 arg "tabular-insert"
40804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40810 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40817 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40826 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
40834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40838 Toggle outline window on/off,
40840 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40847 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40856 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
40864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40868 Toggle math toolbar on/off
40874 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40883 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
40891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40895 Toggle table toolbar on/off
40908 \begin_layout Subsection
40910 \begin_inset Index idx
40913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40922 \begin_layout Standard
40923 \begin_inset Graphics
40924 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
40932 \begin_layout Standard
40933 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40939 \begin_layout Standard
40940 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40944 \begin_layout Standard
40945 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40951 \begin_layout Standard
40952 \begin_inset Tabular
40953 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
40954 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40955 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40956 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40984 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40993 arg "layout Enumerate"
41001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41011 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41020 arg "layout Itemize"
41028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41038 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41065 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41074 arg "layout Description"
41082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41092 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41101 arg "depth-increment"
41109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41115 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41117 \begin_inset space ~
41121 \begin_inset space ~
41130 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41139 arg "depth-decrement"
41147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41153 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41155 \begin_inset space ~
41159 \begin_inset space ~
41168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41177 arg "float-insert figure"
41185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41191 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41192 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41199 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41208 arg "float-insert table"
41216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41223 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41253 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41260 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41269 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41290 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41299 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41320 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41345 \begin_inset space ~
41354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41363 arg "nomencl-insert"
41371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41377 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41379 \begin_inset space ~
41388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41397 arg "footnote-insert"
41405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41427 arg "marginalnote-insert"
41435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41443 \begin_inset space ~
41452 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41476 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41478 \begin_inset space ~
41487 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41496 arg "box-insert Frameless"
41504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41517 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41540 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41601 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
41609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41616 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41632 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
41640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41646 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41647 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41649 \begin_inset space ~
41658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41667 arg "dialog-show character"
41675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41681 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41683 \begin_inset space ~
41692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41701 arg "layout-paragraph"
41709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41715 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41717 \begin_inset space ~
41726 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41735 arg "thesaurus-entry"
41743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41749 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41763 \begin_layout Subsection
41764 View / Update Toolbar
41765 \begin_inset Index idx
41768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41769 Toolbar ! View / Update
41777 \begin_layout Standard
41778 \begin_inset Graphics
41779 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
41786 \begin_layout Standard
41787 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41793 \begin_layout Standard
41794 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
41798 \begin_layout Standard
41799 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41805 \begin_layout Standard
41806 \begin_inset Tabular
41807 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
41808 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41809 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41810 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41834 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41841 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41850 arg "buffer-update"
41858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41864 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41871 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41880 arg "master-buffer-view"
41888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41894 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41901 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41910 arg "master-buffer-update"
41918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41924 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41940 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
41948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41955 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41956 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41957 Synchronize with Output
41963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41968 \begin_inset Graphics
41969 filename ../images/view-others.png
41971 groupId toolbarbuttons
41982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41988 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41989 View (Other Formats)
41995 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42000 \begin_inset Graphics
42001 filename ../images/update-others.png
42003 groupId toolbarbuttons
42012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42018 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42019 Update (Other Formats)
42032 \begin_layout Standard
42033 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42037 \begin_layout Subsection
42041 \begin_layout Standard
42042 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42043 \begin_inset space ~
42047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42049 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42053 , the table toolbar
42054 \begin_inset Index idx
42057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42067 manual, the math macro toolbar
42068 \begin_inset Index idx
42071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42084 \begin_layout Chapter
42085 The Document Settings
42086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42088 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
42093 \begin_inset Index idx
42096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42097 Document ! Settings
42105 \begin_layout Standard
42106 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42107 whole document and is called with the menu
42109 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42113 You can save your document settings as default with th
42115 e Save as Document Defaults
42117 button in the dialog.
42118 This will create a template named
42122 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42126 \begin_layout Standard
42127 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42130 \begin_layout Section
42134 \begin_layout Standard
42135 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42137 Document classes are described in section
42138 \begin_inset space ~
42142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42144 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42149 Some classes use some class options by default.
42150 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42154 and you can decide to use them or not.
42155 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42156 recommended not to touch them.
42157 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
42163 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42164 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42170 When you want one of the following drivers
42171 \begin_inset Newline newline
42174 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42175 \begin_inset Newline newline
42178 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42183 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42185 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42197 \begin_layout Standard
42198 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42199 child or subdocument.
42200 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42201 without its master.
42202 This way child documents are always compilable.
42203 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42214 \begin_layout Section
42218 \begin_layout Standard
42219 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42220 Please refer to the section
42228 manual for details.
42231 \begin_layout Section
42235 \begin_layout Standard
42236 Modules are explained in section
42237 \begin_inset space ~
42241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42243 reference "sub:Modules"
42250 \begin_layout Section
42254 \begin_layout Standard
42255 The document font settings are described in section
42256 \begin_inset space ~
42260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42262 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42269 \begin_layout Section
42273 \begin_layout Standard
42274 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42276 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42280 \begin_layout Standard
42281 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42282 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42283 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42286 \begin_layout Standard
42287 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
42295 \begin_layout Section
42299 \begin_layout Standard
42300 A description of this menu is given in section
42301 \begin_inset space ~
42305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42307 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
42312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42314 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42321 \begin_layout Section
42325 \begin_layout Standard
42326 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
42327 \begin_inset space ~
42331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42333 reference "sub:Margins"
42340 \begin_layout Section
42342 \begin_inset Index idx
42345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42346 Language ! Encoding
42354 \begin_layout Standard
42355 The document language and quote styles are set here.
42356 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
42357 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
42358 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
42359 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
42360 known for a particular character).
42364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42365 The known commands are defined in a text file.
42366 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
42371 manual for details.
42379 \begin_layout Standard
42380 If you use the option
42384 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
42385 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
42386 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
42387 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
42388 exactly one encoding.
42389 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
42392 \begin_layout Standard
42393 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
42394 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
42395 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
42396 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
42397 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
42398 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
42403 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
42404 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
42405 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
42406 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
42407 engines to standard LaTeX.
42408 Both engines support Unicode natively.
42409 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
42412 \begin_inset space ~
42419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42431 \begin_inset space ~
42438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42450 \begin_inset space ~
42456 \begin_inset space ~
42460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42462 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
42466 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
42469 \begin_layout Standard
42470 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42473 \begin_layout Description
42475 \begin_inset space ~
42479 \begin_inset space ~
42483 \begin_inset space ~
42490 , but the LaTeX-package
42495 \begin_inset Index idx
42498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42499 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42505 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
42506 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
42507 languages in TeX code.
42510 \begin_layout Description
42511 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
42512 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
42513 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
42516 \begin_layout Description
42518 \begin_inset space ~
42522 \begin_inset space ~
42525 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
42528 \begin_layout Description
42530 \begin_inset space ~
42534 \begin_inset space ~
42537 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
42540 \begin_layout Description
42542 \begin_inset space ~
42545 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
42548 \begin_layout Description
42550 \begin_inset space ~
42554 \begin_inset space ~
42557 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
42558 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
42561 \begin_layout Description
42563 \begin_inset space ~
42567 \begin_inset space ~
42570 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
42574 \begin_layout Description
42576 \begin_inset space ~
42580 \begin_inset space ~
42583 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
42584 ISO-8859-13 encoding
42587 \begin_layout Description
42589 \begin_inset space ~
42593 \begin_inset space ~
42597 \begin_inset space ~
42600 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
42601 \begin_inset space ~
42607 \begin_layout Description
42609 \begin_inset space ~
42613 \begin_inset space ~
42617 \begin_inset space ~
42620 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
42621 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
42624 \begin_layout Description
42626 \begin_inset space ~
42630 \begin_inset space ~
42633 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
42634 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
42635 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42636 \begin_inset space ~
42640 \begin_inset space ~
42646 \begin_layout Description
42648 \begin_inset space ~
42652 \begin_inset space ~
42655 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
42656 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
42657 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
42658 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42659 \begin_inset space ~
42663 \begin_inset space ~
42669 \begin_layout Description
42671 \begin_inset space ~
42675 \begin_inset space ~
42678 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
42681 \begin_layout Description
42683 \begin_inset space ~
42687 \begin_inset space ~
42690 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
42693 \begin_layout Description
42695 \begin_inset space ~
42699 \begin_inset space ~
42702 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
42705 \begin_layout Description
42707 \begin_inset space ~
42710 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
42713 \begin_layout Description
42715 \begin_inset space ~
42718 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
42721 \begin_layout Description
42723 \begin_inset space ~
42727 \begin_inset space ~
42730 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
42733 \begin_layout Description
42735 \begin_inset space ~
42739 \begin_inset space ~
42745 \begin_layout Description
42747 \begin_inset space ~
42751 \begin_inset space ~
42754 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
42757 \begin_layout Description
42759 \begin_inset space ~
42763 \begin_inset space ~
42769 \begin_layout Description
42771 \begin_inset space ~
42775 \begin_inset space ~
42778 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42783 \begin_inset Index idx
42786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42787 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42792 , when using this, set the document language to
42797 \begin_layout Description
42799 \begin_inset space ~
42803 \begin_inset space ~
42806 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42810 , when using this, set the document language to
42813 \begin_inset space ~
42819 \begin_layout Description
42821 \begin_inset space ~
42825 \begin_inset space ~
42828 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42833 \begin_inset Index idx
42836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42837 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
42842 , when using this, set the document language to
42847 \begin_layout Description
42849 \begin_inset space ~
42853 \begin_inset space ~
42856 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42860 , when using this, set the document language to
42865 \begin_layout Description
42867 \begin_inset space ~
42871 \begin_inset space ~
42874 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42878 , when using this, set the document language to
42883 \begin_layout Description
42885 \begin_inset space ~
42888 (EUC-KR) for Korean
42891 \begin_layout Description
42893 \begin_inset space ~
42897 \begin_inset space ~
42901 \begin_inset space ~
42904 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
42907 \begin_layout Description
42909 \begin_inset space ~
42913 \begin_inset space ~
42917 \begin_inset space ~
42920 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
42921 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
42922 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
42925 \begin_layout Description
42927 \begin_inset space ~
42931 \begin_inset space ~
42937 \begin_layout Description
42939 \begin_inset space ~
42943 \begin_inset space ~
42946 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
42947 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
42950 \begin_layout Description
42952 \begin_inset space ~
42956 \begin_inset space ~
42959 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
42964 \begin_inset Index idx
42967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42968 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42973 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
42976 \begin_layout Description
42978 \begin_inset space ~
42982 \begin_inset space ~
42985 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42993 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42998 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43000 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43003 \begin_layout Description
43005 \begin_inset space ~
43009 \begin_inset space ~
43012 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43017 \begin_inset Index idx
43020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43021 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43026 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43029 \begin_layout Description
43031 \begin_inset space ~
43034 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43039 \begin_inset Index idx
43042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43043 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43049 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43053 \begin_layout Description
43055 \begin_inset space ~
43059 \begin_inset space ~
43063 \begin_inset space ~
43066 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43067 \begin_inset space ~
43073 \begin_layout Description
43075 \begin_inset space ~
43079 \begin_inset space ~
43083 \begin_inset space ~
43086 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43087 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43088 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43092 \begin_layout Description
43094 \begin_inset space ~
43098 \begin_inset space ~
43102 \begin_inset space ~
43105 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43106 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43109 \begin_layout Standard
43110 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43114 LatexCommand formatted
43115 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43119 for more information on the language package.
43122 \begin_layout Section
43126 \begin_layout Standard
43127 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43128 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43129 \begin_inset space ~
43133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43135 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43142 \begin_layout Section
43146 \begin_layout Standard
43147 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43152 \begin_inset Index idx
43155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43156 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43166 \begin_inset Index idx
43169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43170 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43175 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43180 \begin_inset Index idx
43183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43184 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43189 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43191 For a further description see section
43192 \begin_inset space ~
43196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43198 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43205 \begin_layout Section
43209 \begin_layout Standard
43210 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43211 and you can define additional indexes.
43212 Please refer to section
43213 \begin_inset space ~
43217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43219 reference "sec:Index"
43226 \begin_layout Section
43230 \begin_layout Standard
43231 The PDF properties are explained in section
43232 \begin_inset space ~
43236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43238 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43245 \begin_layout Section
43249 \begin_layout Standard
43250 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
43255 \begin_inset Index idx
43258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43259 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
43269 \begin_inset Index idx
43272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43273 LaTeX-packages ! esint
43278 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
43281 \begin_layout Standard
43286 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
43287 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
43290 \begin_layout Standard
43295 is used for special integral characters.
43298 \begin_layout Section
43302 \begin_layout Standard
43303 The float placement options are described in section
43304 \begin_inset space ~
43308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43310 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
43317 \begin_layout Section
43321 \begin_layout Standard
43322 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
43323 The itemize environment is described in section
43324 \begin_inset space ~
43328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43330 reference "sec:Itemize"
43337 \begin_layout Section
43341 \begin_layout Standard
43342 Branches are described in section
43343 \begin_inset space ~
43347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43349 reference "sec:Branches"
43356 \begin_layout Section
43358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43360 name "sec:Doc-Output"
43367 \begin_layout Standard
43368 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
43371 \begin_layout Description
43373 \begin_inset space ~
43377 \begin_inset space ~
43380 Format: The format that is used when you hit
43381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43400 View Master Document
43401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43408 Update Master Document
43409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43416 menu or the toolbar.
43417 The default is set in
43419 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43420 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43425 LatexCommand formatted
43426 reference "sec:File-Formats"
43433 \begin_layout Description
43435 \begin_inset space ~
43439 \begin_inset space ~
43443 \begin_inset Note Note
43446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43455 \begin_layout Description
43457 \begin_inset space ~
43461 \begin_inset space ~
43465 \begin_inset Note Note
43468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43477 \begin_layout Section
43482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43492 \begin_layout Standard
43493 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
43494 to define LaTeX-commands.
43495 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
43496 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
43500 \begin_layout Standard
43501 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
43502 \begin_inset space ~
43506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43508 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
43515 \begin_layout Chapter
43521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43523 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
43528 \begin_inset Index idx
43531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43540 \begin_layout Standard
43541 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
43543 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43547 It has the following submenus.
43550 \begin_layout Section
43554 \begin_layout Subsection
43558 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43559 User Interface File
43560 \begin_inset Index idx
43563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43564 Customization ! of toolbars
43570 \begin_inset Index idx
43573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43574 Customization ! of menus
43582 \begin_layout Standard
43583 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43591 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
43600 \begin_layout Standard
43601 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
43602 interface (ui) file.
43603 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
43604 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
43613 Both files are loaded by the
43618 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
43619 files and edit the entries.
43622 \begin_layout Standard
43623 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
43635 entries must be ended with an explicit
43660 and in the case of the
43661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43673 The syntax for the entries is:
43676 \begin_layout Standard
43677 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43705 \begin_layout Standard
43707 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43710 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
43712 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43714 \begin_inset space ~
43722 \begin_layout Standard
43723 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43729 \begin_layout Standard
43730 An example: Assuming you use the menu
43732 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43735 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
43739 \begin_layout Standard
43740 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43764 \begin_layout Standard
43766 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43769 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
43772 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43776 \begin_layout Standard
43779 Enable tool tips in main work area
43781 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
43785 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43789 \begin_layout Standard
43793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43797 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43800 restoring of window layout and geometries
43802 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
43803 in the last LyX session.
43806 \begin_layout Standard
43809 Restore cursor positions
43811 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
43815 \begin_layout Standard
43818 Load opened files from last session
43820 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
43823 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43827 name "sub:Backup documents"
43832 \begin_inset Index idx
43835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43844 \begin_layout Standard
43849 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
43852 \begin_layout Standard
43857 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
43860 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43862 \begin_inset space ~
43870 \begin_layout Standard
43873 Open documents in tabs
43875 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
43879 \begin_layout Subsection
43881 \begin_inset Index idx
43884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43893 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
43900 \begin_layout Standard
43901 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
43904 \begin_layout Standard
43905 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43913 This section only deals with the fonts
43918 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
43921 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43922 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43933 \begin_layout Standard
43934 By default, LyX uses
43938 as roman (serif) font,
43946 (depends on the system) as
43949 \begin_inset space ~
43965 \begin_layout Standard
43966 You can change the font size with the
43971 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43972 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43975 \begin_layout Standard
43980 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43981 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43986 points have the size of 1
43987 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43991 \begin_inset space ~
43995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43997 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44004 \begin_layout Standard
44009 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44014 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44015 \begin_inset space ~
44019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44021 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44028 \begin_layout Standard
44031 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44033 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44034 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44035 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44036 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44038 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44039 \begin_inset space ~
44045 \begin_layout Subsection
44047 \begin_inset Index idx
44050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44057 \begin_inset Index idx
44060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44069 \begin_layout Standard
44070 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44071 Choose an item in the list and use the
44078 \begin_layout Subsection
44080 \begin_inset Index idx
44083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44092 \begin_layout Standard
44093 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44096 \begin_layout Standard
44101 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44102 This feature is described in section
44103 \begin_inset space ~
44107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44109 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44116 \begin_layout Standard
44120 \begin_inset space ~
44124 \begin_inset space ~
44128 \begin_inset space ~
44133 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44136 \begin_layout Section
44138 \begin_inset Index idx
44141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44150 \begin_layout Subsection
44154 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44158 \begin_layout Standard
44161 Cursor follows scrollbar
44163 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44167 \begin_layout Standard
44168 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
44173 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
44174 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
44177 \begin_layout Standard
44180 Sort environments alphabetically
44182 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44185 \begin_layout Standard
44188 Group environments by their category
44190 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44193 \begin_layout Standard
44194 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
44206 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44210 \begin_layout Standard
44211 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
44216 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
44217 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
44221 \begin_layout Subsection
44223 \begin_inset Index idx
44226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44233 \begin_inset Index idx
44236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44237 Settings ! Shortcuts
44245 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44249 \begin_layout Standard
44250 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
44251 Several binding files are available:
44254 \begin_layout Description
44255 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
44258 \begin_layout Description
44259 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
44270 \begin_layout Description
44271 mac.bind set of bindings for
44274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44282 \begin_layout Standard
44283 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
44287 , and bind files for special languages.
44288 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
44289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44293 \begin_inset space \space{}
44297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44305 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
44309 \begin_layout Standard
44310 Some bind-files, like
44314 , have only a small scope.
44315 When looking at the end of the file
44319 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
44322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44326 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
44331 \begin_inset Index idx
44334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44335 Key Bindings ! Editing
44343 \begin_layout Standard
44344 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
44345 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
44346 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
44349 Show key-bindings containing
44352 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
44353 Insert there for example as keyword
44354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44361 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
44363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44371 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
44372 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
44376 that you will find in the
44383 \begin_layout Standard
44385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44389 \begin_inset space \space{}
44400 , select the function and press the
44405 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
44406 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
44407 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
44408 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
44409 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
44411 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
44413 The binding for the function
44417 is an example of this.
44420 \begin_layout Standard
44421 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
44423 The syntax of the entries is:
44426 \begin_layout Standard
44432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44450 \begin_layout Subsection
44452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44454 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
44459 \begin_inset Index idx
44462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44469 \begin_inset Index idx
44472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44473 Settings ! Keyboard Map
44481 \begin_layout Standard
44482 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
44483 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
44485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44489 \begin_inset space \space{}
44492 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
44493 can use the keyboard map file named
44500 \begin_layout Standard
44501 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44509 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
44517 \begin_layout Standard
44518 Besides this, you can specify here the
44520 Wheel scrolling speed
44523 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
44527 \begin_layout Subsection
44529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44531 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
44536 \begin_inset Index idx
44539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44548 \begin_layout Standard
44549 Input completion is described in sec.
44550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44556 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
44561 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
44563 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
44564 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
44568 \begin_layout Section
44570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44577 \begin_inset Index idx
44580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44587 \begin_inset Index idx
44590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44599 \begin_layout Description
44601 \begin_inset space ~
44604 directory This is LyX's working directory.
44605 It is the default when you
44616 \begin_inset space ~
44624 \begin_layout Description
44626 \begin_inset space ~
44629 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
44631 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44633 \begin_inset space ~
44637 \begin_inset space ~
44645 \begin_layout Description
44647 \begin_inset space ~
44650 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
44656 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44660 \begin_inset Newline newline
44664 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44676 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
44684 \begin_layout Description
44686 \begin_inset space ~
44690 \begin_inset Index idx
44693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44699 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
44700 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
44701 \begin_inset space ~
44705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44707 reference "sub:Backup documents"
44715 will be used to save the backups.
44716 \begin_inset Newline newline
44719 The backup files have the ending
44720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44730 \begin_layout Description
44735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44742 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
44743 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
44744 \begin_inset Newline newline
44748 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44756 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
44764 \begin_layout Description
44766 \begin_inset space ~
44769 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
44772 \begin_layout Description
44774 \begin_inset space ~
44777 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
44778 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
44779 to find it on the system.
44780 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
44781 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
44783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44787 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44790 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
44791 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
44795 \begin_layout Section
44799 \begin_layout Standard
44800 Here you can insert your name and email address.
44801 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
44803 \begin_inset space ~
44807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44809 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
44813 , to mark changes you make as yours.
44816 \begin_layout Section
44818 \begin_inset Index idx
44821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44822 Language ! Settings
44828 \begin_inset Index idx
44831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44832 Settings ! Language
44840 \begin_layout Subsection
44842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44844 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
44851 \begin_layout Description
44853 \begin_inset space ~
44857 \begin_inset space ~
44860 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
44861 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
44862 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
44863 You find the actual translation status here:
44864 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44866 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44867 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44874 \begin_layout Description
44876 \begin_inset space ~
44879 language is the language used in new documents
44882 \begin_layout Description
44884 \begin_inset space ~
44887 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
44889 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
44890 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
44891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44907 The most widespread language package is
44911 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
44912 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
44913 with an alternative language package (
44917 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
44918 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
44920 \begin_inset Newline newline
44923 The available selections are:
44927 \begin_layout Itemize
44937 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
44941 \begin_layout Itemize
44947 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
44948 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
44949 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
44952 \begin_layout Itemize
44958 Lets you load some other language package (via
44971 \begin_layout Itemize
44977 Loads no language package at all
44981 \begin_layout Description
44983 \begin_inset space ~
44987 \begin_inset space ~
44990 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44994 \begin_layout Description
44996 \begin_inset space ~
44999 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45000 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45001 An example is the start command
45007 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45012 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45027 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45032 \begin_layout Description
45034 \begin_inset space ~
45042 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45043 command toggles the package on and off.
45046 \begin_layout Description
45048 \begin_inset space ~
45052 \begin_inset space ~
45055 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45056 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45057 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45058 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45065 \begin_layout Description
45067 \begin_inset space ~
45070 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45072 When this option is not set, the
45075 \begin_inset space ~
45080 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45081 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45084 \begin_inset space ~
45092 \begin_layout Description
45094 \begin_inset space ~
45100 \begin_inset space ~
45106 When it is not set, the
45109 \begin_inset space ~
45114 is set to the end of the document.
45117 \begin_layout Description
45119 \begin_inset space ~
45123 \begin_inset space ~
45126 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45127 language will be underlined blue.
45130 \begin_layout Description
45132 \begin_inset space ~
45136 \begin_inset space ~
45139 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45140 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45143 \begin_layout Description
45145 \begin_inset space ~
45148 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45149 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45150 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45151 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45154 \begin_layout Subsection
45158 \begin_layout Standard
45159 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45160 \begin_inset space ~
45164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45166 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
45173 \begin_layout Section
45177 \begin_layout Subsection
45179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45186 \begin_inset Index idx
45189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45196 \begin_inset Index idx
45199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45208 \begin_layout Description
45210 \begin_inset space ~
45213 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
45214 The name will be used when the
45219 \begin_inset Newline newline
45223 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45231 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
45239 \begin_layout Description
45241 \begin_inset space ~
45245 \begin_inset space ~
45249 \begin_inset space ~
45252 printer This option works only for the
45257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45269 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
45270 This is an option only for dvips experts.
45273 \begin_layout Description
45275 \begin_inset space ~
45278 command is the command LyX
45279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45286 LaTeX uses for printing.
45287 The default is on most systems
45294 \begin_layout Description
45296 \begin_inset space ~
45300 \begin_inset space ~
45303 Options Here you can specify printer options.
45304 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
45305 of the program that provides the
45312 \begin_layout Subsection
45314 \begin_inset Index idx
45317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45324 \begin_inset Index idx
45327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45328 Settings ! Date format
45336 \begin_layout Standard
45337 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
45338 \begin_inset Newline newline
45342 \begin_inset Flex URL
45345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45347 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
45353 \begin_inset Newline newline
45356 For example the format
45357 \begin_inset Newline newline
45361 \begin_inset Newline newline
45364 prints the date as day/month/year.
45367 \begin_layout Subsection
45371 \begin_layout Description
45373 \begin_inset space ~
45377 \begin_inset space ~
45380 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
45383 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45384 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45386 \begin_inset space ~
45392 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
45396 \begin_layout Description
45398 \begin_inset space ~
45401 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
45406 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
45407 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
45410 \begin_layout Subsection
45415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45425 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
45430 \begin_inset Index idx
45433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45442 \begin_layout Description
45444 \begin_inset space ~
45451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45459 \begin_inset space ~
45463 \begin_inset space ~
45466 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
45471 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
45493 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
45494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45506 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
45507 LyX sets up in the background.
45508 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
45511 \begin_layout Description
45513 \begin_inset space ~
45517 \begin_inset space ~
45520 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
45525 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
45528 \begin_layout Standard
45529 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
45530 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
45531 manuals of the applications.
45532 Currently the following commands can be set:
45535 \begin_layout Description
45540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45548 \begin_inset space ~
45551 command Command for the program
45555 that is described in the section
45561 Additional Features
45566 \begin_layout Description
45571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45579 \begin_inset space ~
45582 command Command for the program
45586 that generates the bibliography, see section
45587 \begin_inset space ~
45591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45593 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
45600 \begin_layout Description
45602 \begin_inset space ~
45605 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
45606 \begin_inset space ~
45610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45612 reference "sub:Index-Program"
45619 \begin_layout Description
45621 \begin_inset space ~
45624 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
45625 \begin_inset space ~
45629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45631 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
45638 \begin_layout Description
45640 \begin_inset space ~
45644 \begin_inset space ~
45648 \begin_inset space ~
45652 \begin_inset space ~
45655 options They only have an effect when the program
45659 is used as DVI-viewer.
45662 \begin_layout Standard
45663 There are additionally the following options:
45666 \begin_layout Description
45668 \begin_inset space ~
45672 \begin_inset space ~
45676 \begin_inset space ~
45680 \begin_inset space ~
45684 \begin_inset space ~
45687 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
45688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45705 to separate folders.
45706 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
45707 \begin_inset Index idx
45710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45717 \begin_inset Index idx
45720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45729 \begin_layout Description
45731 \begin_inset space ~
45735 \begin_inset space ~
45739 \begin_inset space ~
45743 \begin_inset space ~
45747 \begin_inset space ~
45751 \begin_inset space ~
45754 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
45756 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45759 dialog when changing the document class.
45762 \begin_layout Section
45764 \begin_inset space ~
45768 \begin_inset Index idx
45771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45780 \begin_layout Subsection
45782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45784 name "sub:Converters"
45789 \begin_inset Index idx
45792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45801 \begin_layout Standard
45802 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
45803 from one format to another.
45804 You can modify them or create new ones.
45805 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
45812 \begin_inset space ~
45822 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
45826 \begin_inset space ~
45831 drop-down list, modify the
45835 field, and press the
45842 \begin_layout Standard
45845 Converter File Cache
45847 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
45850 Maximum Age (in days
45853 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
45854 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
45857 \begin_layout Standard
45858 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
45859 the converter definition, is described in the section
45870 \begin_layout Subsection
45872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45874 name "sec:File-Formats"
45879 \begin_inset Index idx
45882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45889 \begin_inset Index idx
45892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45901 \begin_layout Standard
45902 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45903 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45907 \begin_layout Standard
45908 Furthermore, you can define the
45909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45912 Default output format
45913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45916 that is used when you hit
45917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45936 View Master Document
45937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45944 Update Master Document
45945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45948 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
45951 \begin_layout Standard
45952 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45953 is described in the section
45964 \begin_layout Standard
45965 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45966 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45967 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45968 This is done by specifying a
45973 More about this is described in the section
45984 \begin_layout Chapter
45985 Units available in LyX
45986 \begin_inset Index idx
45989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45998 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46005 \begin_layout Standard
46006 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46009 reference "cap:Units"
46013 explains all units available in LyX.
46016 \begin_layout Standard
46017 \begin_inset Float table
46023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46024 \begin_inset Caption
46026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46042 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46050 \begin_inset Tabular
46051 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46052 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46053 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46054 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46205 scaled point (65536
46206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46266 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
46270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46294 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46321 % of original image width
46328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46535 \begin_layout Chapter
46537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46546 \begin_layout Standard
46547 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
46548 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
46551 \begin_layout Itemize
46554 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
46557 \begin_layout Itemize
46563 \begin_layout Itemize
46569 \begin_layout Itemize
46575 \begin_layout Itemize
46581 \begin_layout Itemize
46587 \begin_layout Itemize
46593 \begin_layout Itemize
46599 \begin_layout Itemize
46602 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
46605 \begin_layout Itemize
46611 \begin_layout Itemize
46617 \begin_layout Itemize
46623 \begin_layout Itemize
46629 \begin_layout Itemize
46635 \begin_layout Itemize
46641 \begin_layout Itemize
46647 \begin_layout Itemize
46653 \begin_layout Itemize
46655 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46664 \begin_layout Standard
46665 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46668 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
46675 \begin_layout Bibliography
46676 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46677 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46678 LatexCommand bibitem
46685 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46688 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
46693 \begin_inset Newline newline
46697 \begin_inset Flex URL
46700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46702 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
46710 \begin_layout Bibliography
46711 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46712 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46713 LatexCommand bibitem
46714 key "latexcompanion"
46718 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
46720 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
46723 Addison-Wesley, 2004
46726 \begin_layout Bibliography
46727 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46728 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46729 LatexCommand bibitem
46734 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
46737 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
46740 Addison-Wesley, 2003
46743 \begin_layout Bibliography
46744 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46745 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46746 LatexCommand bibitem
46753 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
46756 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
46759 \begin_layout Bibliography
46760 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46761 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46762 LatexCommand bibitem
46774 Addison-Wesley, 1984
46777 \begin_layout Bibliography
46778 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46779 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46780 LatexCommand bibitem
46786 \begin_inset Newline newline
46790 \begin_inset Flex URL
46793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46795 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
46803 \begin_layout Bibliography
46804 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46805 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46806 LatexCommand bibitem
46812 \begin_inset Newline newline
46816 \begin_inset Flex URL
46819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46821 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
46829 \begin_layout Bibliography
46830 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46831 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46832 LatexCommand bibitem
46838 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46840 name "Documentation"
46841 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
46850 \begin_inset Newline newline
46854 \begin_inset Flex URL
46857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46859 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
46867 \begin_layout Bibliography
46868 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46869 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46870 LatexCommand bibitem
46876 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46878 name "Documentation"
46879 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
46883 how to use the program
46888 \begin_inset Newline newline
46892 \begin_inset Flex URL
46895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46897 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46905 \begin_layout Bibliography
46906 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46907 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46908 LatexCommand bibitem
46914 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46916 name "Documentation"
46917 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
46926 \begin_inset Newline newline
46930 \begin_inset Flex URL
46933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46935 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
46943 \begin_layout Bibliography
46944 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46945 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46946 LatexCommand bibitem
46952 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46954 name "Documentation"
46955 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46964 \begin_inset Newline newline
46968 \begin_inset Flex URL
46971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46973 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46981 \begin_layout Bibliography
46982 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46983 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46984 LatexCommand bibitem
46990 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46992 name "Documentation"
46993 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46997 of the LaTeX-package
47002 \begin_inset Index idx
47005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47006 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47012 \begin_inset Newline newline
47016 \begin_inset Flex URL
47019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47021 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47029 \begin_layout Bibliography
47030 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47031 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47032 LatexCommand bibitem
47038 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47040 name "Documentation"
47041 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47045 of the LaTeX-package
47050 \begin_inset Index idx
47053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47054 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47060 \begin_inset Newline newline
47064 \begin_inset Flex URL
47067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47069 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47077 \begin_layout Bibliography
47078 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47079 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47080 LatexCommand bibitem
47088 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47090 name "Documentation"
47091 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47097 of the LaTeX-package
47102 \begin_inset Index idx
47105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47106 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47112 \begin_inset Newline newline
47116 \begin_inset Flex URL
47119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47121 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47129 \begin_layout Bibliography
47130 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47131 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47132 LatexCommand bibitem
47138 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47140 name "Documentation"
47141 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
47145 of the LaTeX-package
47150 \begin_inset Index idx
47153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47154 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
47160 \begin_inset Newline newline
47164 \begin_inset Flex URL
47167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47169 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
47177 \begin_layout Bibliography
47178 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47179 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47180 LatexCommand bibitem
47186 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47188 name "Documentation"
47189 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
47193 of the LaTeX-package
47198 \begin_inset Index idx
47201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47202 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
47208 \begin_inset Newline newline
47212 \begin_inset Flex URL
47215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47217 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
47225 \begin_layout Bibliography
47226 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47227 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47228 LatexCommand bibitem
47234 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47236 name "Documentation"
47237 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
47241 of the LaTeX-package
47246 \begin_inset Index idx
47249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47250 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
47256 \begin_inset Newline newline
47260 \begin_inset Flex URL
47263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47265 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
47273 \begin_layout Bibliography
47274 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47275 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47276 LatexCommand bibitem
47282 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47285 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
47289 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
47290 \begin_inset Newline newline
47294 \begin_inset Flex URL
47297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47299 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
47307 \begin_layout Bibliography
47308 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47309 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47310 LatexCommand bibitem
47316 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47319 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
47323 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
47324 \begin_inset Newline newline
47328 \begin_inset Flex URL
47331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47333 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
47341 \begin_layout Bibliography
47342 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47343 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47344 LatexCommand bibitem
47350 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47353 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
47357 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
47358 \begin_inset Newline newline
47362 \begin_inset Flex URL
47365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47367 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
47375 \begin_layout Bibliography
47376 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47377 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47378 LatexCommand bibitem
47384 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47387 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
47391 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
47392 \begin_inset Newline newline
47396 \begin_inset Flex URL
47399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47401 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
47409 \begin_layout Bibliography
47410 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47411 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47412 LatexCommand bibitem
47418 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47421 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
47425 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
47426 \begin_inset Newline newline
47430 \begin_inset Flex URL
47433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47435 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
47443 \begin_layout Bibliography
47444 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47445 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47446 LatexCommand bibitem
47452 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47455 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
47459 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
47460 \begin_inset Newline newline
47464 \begin_inset Flex URL
47467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47469 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
47477 \begin_layout Bibliography
47478 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47479 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47480 LatexCommand bibitem
47486 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47489 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
47493 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
47494 \begin_inset Newline newline
47498 \begin_inset Flex URL
47501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47503 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
47511 \begin_layout Bibliography
47512 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47513 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47514 LatexCommand bibitem
47520 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47523 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
47527 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
47528 \begin_inset Newline newline
47532 \begin_inset Flex URL
47535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47537 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
47545 \begin_layout Bibliography
47546 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47547 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47548 LatexCommand bibitem
47554 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47557 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
47561 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
47562 \begin_inset Newline newline
47566 \begin_inset Flex URL
47569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47571 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
47579 \begin_layout Bibliography
47580 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47581 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47582 LatexCommand bibitem
47588 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47591 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
47595 about new features in
47600 \begin_inset Newline newline
47604 \begin_inset Flex URL
47607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47609 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
47617 \begin_layout Standard
47618 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47652 \begin_inset Note Note
47655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47662 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
47663 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
47664 bibliography is the second one:
47672 \begin_layout Standard
47673 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
47674 LatexCommand bibtex
47675 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
47676 options "biblio/alphadin"
47683 \begin_layout Standard
47684 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
47687 \begin_layout Standard
47688 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
47689 LatexCommand printnomenclature
47695 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
47696 LatexCommand printindex